United States        EPA 570/9-91-004
        Environmental Protection     May 1991
        Agency	
        Office of Water (WH-550)	
EPA     Manual of
         Individual and
         Non-Public
         Water Supply
         Systems

-------

-------
                                  PREFACE
     Healthful, comfortable living requires the availability of an adequate supply of high
quality water for drinking and domestic purposes.
     Whenever  feasible, an individual or small community should consider obtaining
water from a public water system in order to enjoy the advantages of qualified supervision
under the control of a responsible public agency. A public water system usually provides
the best way to ensure an uninterrupted supply of safe water.
     EPA realizes that it is not always possible or economically feasible to obtain water
from  a public or other  centralized  water  system,  and an alternative  supply  may be
necessary.  This manual is primarily directed to the individual or institution faced with this
need.  This manual is an update to the EPA Manual of Individual Water Supply Systems
which was published in 1982. EPA is issuing this revision of the manual to present current
concepts and practices to the individual  and non-public water system owner. This is in
response to the greater public awareness of health and environmental issues and advances
in water treatment practices.
     EPA and others  have noted a tremendous need for information and assistance to
very small systems.  These needs include  engineering solutions, such as appropriate
equipment to treat water and operations improvements.  Non-engineering issues also have
become a primary focus of concern which  will require more attention hi water supply
improvement efforts.  Among these concerns are  proper financing and management of
water supply improvements, community involvement in water supply, institutional  support,
and development of human resources for better operations and management of water
supplies.
     The solutions offered in  this manual are  the result  of the  work of many U.S.
agencies, individuals, and international organizations dedicated to the upkeep of  safe and
reliable water supply.   In fact, many of the problems and solutions identified have been
studied worldwide.  Through this manual, EPA will be  able to offer practical assistance
to the  many very small non-public and individual water suppliers in the U.S., as well as
those with similar operating conditions  elsewhere, through such programs  as the U.S.
Peace Corps. This manual should be useful to other Federal agencies concerned  with the
development of individual water supplies, and to State and local health departments, well
drillers, contractors, and individual homeowners as well as to owners and operators  of any
system which supplies drinking water.
     As with the previous manual for individual and small water supplies, I hope  that this
manual will be a practical tool to many thousands of rural water systems in their enduring
effort to supply safe and  reliable drinking water.

                                                                  James R. Elder

-------
                          ACKNOWLEDGMENT
     This manual follows the general format of its predecessors:  U.S. Public Health
Service Publication No. 24, prepared by the Joint Committee on Rural Sanitation, and the
U.S. EPA Manual of Individual Water Supply Systems, which was prepared under the
direction of Mr. W. J. Whitsell.
     Overall planning and management for the preparation of this manual was provided
by Mr. Marc J. Parrotta, Environmental Engineer, U.S. EPA Office of Drinking Water.
The support by those who prepared this manual which is technologically  updated and
more responsive to emerging environmental concerns is highly regarded.
     Further, EPA acknowledges  the valuable contributions of others who wrote and
reviewed parts of this manual. EPA is especially indebted to the following who deserve
particular acknowledgement for their contributions to this manual: Mark A. Thompson
and Glenn M. Tillman of Malcolm Pirnie, Inc.; Frank Bell, Jr., Paul S. Berger, Walt Feige,
Benjamin P. Smith, James E. Smith, Jr., and James J. Westrick of U.S. EPA; T. David
Chinn of the American Water Works Association; Meg Harvey of ECOS, Inc.; and John
Trax of the National Rural Water Association.

-------
                                 CONTENTS

Preface     	i

Introduction
     Overview of Individual and Non-Public Water Systems  	  1
     Operations	  2
     Information Resources	  3

Part I - Selection and Management of a Water Source
     Introduction	  5
     Rights to the Use of Water  	  5
     Sources of Water Supply  	  5
     Quality of Water  	  8
     Water Testing and Labs	  17
     Contaminant Sources	  17
     Quantity of Water 	  18
     Water Conservation	  21
     Sanitary Survey  	  24

Part II - Ground Water
     Rock Formations	  29
     Ground Water Basins	  29
     Sanitary Quality	  30
     Chemical and Physical Quality  	  30
     Distances to Sources of Contamination	  31
     Evaluating Contamination Threats  	  32
     Development of Ground Water  	  34
     Construction of Wells	  38
     Sanitary Construction of Wells	  52
     Abandonment of Wells	  58
     Reconstruction of Existing Dug Wells	  58
     Special Considerations in Constructing Artesian Wells	  59
     Springs and Infiltration  Galleries  	  59

Part III - Surface  Water Sources
     Introduction  	  61
     Sources of Surface Water	  61
     Development of Springs  	  69
     Infiltration Galleries	  72
                                                                             in

-------
Part IV • Water Treatment
     Need and Purpose	  73
     Water Treatment	  74
     Disinfection	  77
     Disinfection with Ultraviolet Light  	  83
     Disinfection with Ozone	  84
     Other Methods and Materials for Disinfection  	  84
     Membrane Technologies  	  84
     Aeration  	  85
     Other Treatment	  85
     Package Plants	  92
     Household Water Treatment  	  94
     Treatment Waste Disposal	  96

Part V - Pumping, Distribution and Storage
     Types of Well  Pumps	  99
     Selection of Pumping Equipment 	107
     Sanitary Protection of Pumping Facilities  	114
     Installation of  Pumping Equipment	115
     Alternate Energy Sources and Pumps	117
     Pumphousing and Appurtenances	120
     Cross-Connections	130
     Pipe and Fittings 	132
     Pipe Capacity  and Head Loss	133
     Protection of Distribution Systems  	136
     Disinfection of Distribution System	136
     Determination of Storage Volume  	137
     Protection of Storage Facilities	138

Bibliography	143

Appendices:

     A. Operating Ratio Calculations	149
     B. State Drinking Water Agencies  	151
     C. EPA Drinking Water Offices	155
     D. Collection and Analysis of Bacteriological Samples	157
     E. Identification by Human Senses	159
     F. Recommended Procedure for Cement Grouting of Wells for
         Sanitary Protection	171
     G. Emergency Disinfection	173

Index       	177
IV

-------
                              LIST OF TABLES
Table                                                                     Page

1.    Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)  	  12
2.    Secondary Maximum Contaminant Levels (SMCLs)  	  13
3.    Planning guide for water use  	  19
4.    Rates of flow for certain plumbing, household and farm fixtures  	  20
5.    Suitability of well construction methods to different geological
     conditions  	  39
6.    Steel pipe and casing, standard and standard line pipe	  49
7.    Quantities of calcium hypochlorite and liquid calcium hypochlorite required
     for water well disinfection  	  56
8.    Recommended mechanical analysis of slow sand filter media	  76
9.    Information on pumps  	110,111
10.  Allowance in equivalent length of pipe for friction loss in
     valves and threaded fittings	135
11.  Seven-minute peak demand period usage  	137
12.  Tank selection chart-gallons	138
                         LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure                                                                    Page

1.   The hydrologic cycle	  6
2.   Pumping effects on aquifers  	  36
3.   Dug well with two-pipe jet pump installation	  41
4.   Different kinds of drive-well points	  42
5.   Well-point driving methods	  43
6.   Hand-bored well with driven-well point and "shallow well" jet
     pump	  44
7.   Drilled well with submersible  pump 	  46
8.   Well seal for jet pump installation  	  52
9.   Well seal for submersible pump installation	  53
10.  Yield of impervious catchment area 	  63
11.  Cistern 	  65
12.  Pond	  68
13.  Schematic diagram of pond water-treatment system	  69
14.  Spring protection	  70
15.  Slow sand filtration diagram	  75
16.  Package plant diagram	  93

-------
                        LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
                                  (Continued)

Figure                                                                   Page

17.   Exploded view of submersible pump	101
18.   "Over-the-well" jet pump installation	102
19.   Typical Solar pump systems  	103
20.   Typical Wind powered pumps	104
21.   Typical Hand pumps 	106
22.   Typical Air lift pump (schematic)	107
23.   Typical hydraulic ram	108
24.   Determining recommended pump capacity  	112
25.   Components of total operating head in well pump installations  	113
26.   Vertical (line shaft) turbine pump mounted on well casing	116
27.   Pumphouse  	121
28.   Clamp-on pitless adapter for submersible pump installation	123
29.   Pitless unit with  concentric external piping for jet pump
     installation	124
30.   Weld-on pitless adapter with concentric external piping for
     "shallow well" pump installation  	125
31.   Pitless adapter with submersible pump installation for
     basement storage	126
32.   Pitless adapter and unit testing equipment	129
33.   Head loss versus pipe size   	134
34.   Typical concrete reservoir	140
35.   Typical valve  and box, manhole covers, and piping installations  	141
VI

-------
                         Introduction
OVERVIEW OF  INDIVIDUAL  AND NON-PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS
      Public demands and personal needs  for safe and dependable drinking water have a
major effect on those who own or manage water  supplies.  Among the  thousands of
individual and small non-public water systems in the U.S., many do not have the technical
and information resources to meet the public's demands.
      An individual water system is one that serves  a single household or user.  A non-
public water system is one that serves fewer than 15 connections and fewer than  25
individuals.  Although EPA regulations do not apply to individual or non-public water
systems, they may be a useful guide for all drinking water systems because  of  the
importance  of water quality and the health risks associated with contaminants.
      Water systems must provide high quality drinking water at a low cost.  Essential to
this task are:  developing information sources, monitoring water  quality, providing good
system  operation,  and establishing preventive maintenance programs. Many owners of
individual or small non-public water systems do not have the resources needed to perform
this task.  However, some assistance is available from federal, state and local agencies as
well as service  organizations.   Many of these organizations and  the assistance they  can
provide are  discussed and listed within this manual as  a practical source of information
for the individual or small non-public water system  owner.
      Information  and public involvement are very important to successful water system
operation.  Technical and financial information from governmental and  professional
organizations can allow  even the smallest water system to enjoy many of the benefits of
larger systems, without the high cost. Starting an information-sharing network can provide
an efficient, cost effective water supply system, but it depends on the active support of
water system users and information sharing among those involved in the water supply
industry.
Water Quality
      The need to provide water users with high quality drinking water  is the responsibility
of all of those  involved  in water supply.  This includes everyone from the  single home
owner to the largest community water supply system.  Since  appearance can create the
sense of  high  or  low quality,  drinking water should not only  be  free of  hazardous
contaminants, but  should also look, taste  and smell clean.

-------
Monitoring
      Proper monitoring  of biological,  physical and chemical substances in water is
needed to insure a consistent,  high quality supply of drinking water.  Existing and new
water supplies should be tested to evaluate contamination and choose treatment needs.
For example, a microbiological analysis of water can provide much information about the
source of water and its safety for drinking.

OPERATIONS
Treatment
     Without treatment, water from natural sources may not be suitable for drinking.
The  type of water treatment needed depends on the chemical, physical and biological
makeup  of the  water.  When studying a potential  treatment system,  operation and
maintenance costs must be considered as well as the capital (or initial equipment) cost.
Operation and maintenance costs can vary greatly for different water treatment systems
providing the same level of treatment.  This may have an impact on the cost to the water
user.
Preventive Maintenance
     One  of  the  most neglected aspects  of many water  supply  systems is  proper
maintenance. Crisis maintenance, or correcting system failures when they are discovered,
is the most common practice.  However, this creates higher long term costs and less
protection for the drinking water supply.  Proper maintenance includes a  good preventive
maintenance program that can help prevent costly system failures.  This is always true,
from the individual home owner to the largest water supply system.
Operation  Costs
     Operation  costs are those related to providing and maintaining the water supply's
operation.  Examples include administrative expenses, chemicals for treatment, electricity
for pumping, spare parts, tools and routine replacement of equipment.
     One way to ensure that  the funds collected to operate a small non-public water
system are enough to cover operation costs is to calculate  the "operating ratio."  The
operating ratio is simply the total operation costs divided by the funds collected. Although
this is a simple test, it requires a thorough review of accounting records  to find the right
numbers. Collecting the information needed to figure the operating ratio can be useful
for the individual water system owner because it helps reveal the actual cost of providing
water.  A table that can be  used to calculate the operating ratio is provided in Appendix
A.
Capital Costs
     Major equipment or water system purchases (capital costs) will be needed to replace
worn or obsolete  equipment,  update treatment systems, or allow  for growing water
demand. Some  systems use connection fees to cover the cost of materials and labor for
main connection, service, and meter installation.
     The impacts of large capital costs on water fees can be reduced by careful, long term
planning. Many water system owners wait too long before increasing user service charges,
because  they fear adverse customer  reaction.   Good  communication  with the water
system's  customers, explaining the costs and benefits of the improvements, can help lessen
possible negative reactions. Planning for capital improvements, and gradual increases in
fees, can ease  customer reaction and show good management of the water system.

-------
INFORMATION  RESOURCES
     An important tool for any water supply system is information. An individual or small
non-public water system must  have an understanding of local requirements as well as
information on basic water quality and treatment.   The  county or other local health
department may be the first contact for this information.  The State  drinking water office
(Appendix B) or EPA drinking water  office (Appendix C) are also  available to provide
information and point to other sources of help.
     Other professional service organizations provide information as well.  Groups that
can supply the small water system owner with useful information  include the National
Rural Water Association1 (NRWA), the American Water Works Association (AWWA)2,
and the National Small Flows Clearinghouse3.  The EPA also maintains a "Safe Drinking
Water Act Hotline"4 to provide information about drinking water contaminants and their
standards.
     Another source  of information includes the knowledge  and experience of other
similar-sized water suppliers.  Systems in the  same geographical area face many of the
same challenges, and their problem solving  experience can be  shared.  A single contact
of this type can often provide valuable information and  guidance.
     Information is also  available in many reference materials, which provide detailed
explanations of the assistance options,  source  protection and development  methods,  and
treatment techniques described in this  manual. Several booklets published by EPA offer
help in  performing financial self-assessments for small,  privately-owned systems, mobile
home parks and homeowner associations. A resource guide that lists additional sources
of financial information is also  available.
1      National Rural Water Association, 2915 South Thirteenth Street, Post Office Box 1428, Duncan,
      Oklahoma 73534, Phone: (405) 252-0629.

2      American Waterworks Association, 6666 West Qumcy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235, Phone: (303)
      794-7711.


3      National Small Flows Clearinghouse, West Virginia University, P.O. Box  6064, Morgantown, West
      Virginia 26506-6064, Phone: (304) 293-4191

4      Safe Drinking Water Act Hotline, Phone:  (800) 4264791.

-------

-------
                Parti
                          Selection  and  Management
                          of  a  Water  Source
INTRODUCTION
      Planning a water supply system requires that the quality of the water and available
sources be evaluated.  In addition, a basic knowledge of water rights and the hydrological,
geological, chemical, biological, and possible radiological factors affecting the  water is
helpful. These factors are usually interrelated because of the continuous circulation of the
water or  water  vapor from  the oceans to  the air,  over the surface of the land and
underground, and back to the oceans. This circulation is called the hydrologic cycle (see
Figure 1).

RIGHTS  TO THE USE  OF WATER
      The rights of an individual to use water for domestic, irrigation, or other purposes
varies in different states. Some water rights  stem from ownership of the land bordering
on or overlying the source,  while others are acquired by the performance of certain acts
required by law.  There are three basic types of water rights.
      Riparian
      These are  rights acquired with the title to the land bordering on  or overlying the
source of water.  Whether or not a riparian right exists depends on the laws of each state.
      Appropriative
      These  are  rights  acquired  for the  use of water by following  a specific  legal
procedure.
      Prescriptive
      These are rights acquired by diverting and putting to use, for a period specified by
statute, water to which other  parties may or  may not have prior claims.  The procedure
necessary to obtain prescriptive rights must  conform with the water-rights laws of each
individual state.
      A property owner should consult the appropriate state legal authority and clearly
establish his rights to the use of water.

SOURCES  OF  WATER SUPPLY
      At some time in  its  history, all water resided in the oceans.  By evaporation,
moisture is transferred from the ocean surface to the atmosphere, where winds carry the
moisture-laden air over land masses. Under certain conditions, this water vapor condenses
to form clouds,  which release their moisture in the form  of rain, hail,  sleet, or snow.
When rain falls,  part of it may evaporate and return immediately to the atmosphere.

-------

-------
Moisture in excess of the amount  that wets a surface or evaporates is available as a
potential source of water supply.
Ground  Water
      Some of the precipitation  may  seep into  the  soil (see Figure 1).   This water
replenishes the soil moisture or is used by growing plants and returned to the atmosphere
by transpiration (water vapor released to the air by plants). Water that seeps downward
(percolates) below the root zone reaches a level at which all of the openings or voids in
the ground are filled with water.  This zone is known as the "saturation zone."  Water in
the saturation zone is referred to as "ground water." The upper surface of the saturation
zone, if  not restricted by an  impermeable  layer, is called the  "water table."  When the
ground formation  over the saturation zone keeps the ground water at a pressure greater
than atmospheric pressure, the ground water is under "artesian pressure."
      The name "artesian" comes from the ancient province of Artesium in France, where,
in the days of the  Romans, water flowed to the surface of the  ground from a well. Not
all water from artesian wells flows above the surface of the land. An artesian well is one
in which the water rises above the top  of the aquifer.  A flowing artesian well is one in
which water rises over the land surface due to artesian pressure. An aquifer, or ground
water  reservoir, is an underground layer of permeable rock  or soil that permits the
passage of water.
      The porous material just above the water table may contain "capillary" water in the
smaller void spaces.   This zone is referred to as the "capillary fringe."  It is  not a true
source of supply, however, since  the water held here will not drain freely.
      Because of the irregularities in underground formations and in surface topography
(hills and valleys), the water table occasionally intersects with the surface of the ground.
As a result, ground water moves to these locations and seeps  out of the aquifer into a
stream, spring, lake or ocean.  Ground water is continually moving within the aquifer, even
though the movement may be  very slow.  The direction of the ground water flow,
especially when affecting by well pumping, does not necessarily follow the surface slopes.
The water table, or artesian pressure surface,  slopes downward from areas of recharge
(water inflow) to lower areas of discharge (water outflow). The differences in these slopes
causes the ground water  to flow within the aquifer.  Seasonal variations in the supply of
water to the aquifer, such as  snowmelt, can cause considerable changes in the elevation
and slope of the water table and the artesian pressure level.
Wells
      A well that penetrates the water table can be used to extract water from an aquifer.
As water is pumped from the well, the water table near the well is lowered. If pumping
continues at a faster rate  than the recharge of the water table, the "sustained yield" of the
well is exceeded. If the sustained yield is exceeded for a long period of time, the aquifer
may become depleted or other undesired results may occur. In  that case, the yield of the
aquifer has been exceeded. For example, salt-water encroachment may occur where wells
near the seashore  or other saline waters.
Springs
     An opening in the ground from which ground water flows is a spring. Water may
flow by force of gravity (from water-table aquifers), or be forced out by artesian pressure.
The flow from a spring may vary considerably with changes in the water-table or artesian
pressure. For further discussion, see Part II.

-------
Surface Water
      Surface water accumulates mainly as a result of direct runoff from precipitation.
Precipitation that does not seep into  the  ground or evaporate, flows  over the  ground
surface and is classified as direct runoff. Direct runoff flows over surfaces such as stream
channels and other natural or artificial runoff channels.
      In some areas,  a source of water is the rainfall intercepted by  roof surfaces on
homes, barns, and other buildings. Water from those surfaces can be collected and stored
in tanks called cisterns. In some instances,  natural ground surfaces can be conditioned to
make  them impermeable.  This conditioning will increase  runoff to  cisterns or  large
artificial storage reservoirs, thereby reducing loss by seepage into the ground.
      Runoff from the ground may be collected in either natural or artificial reservoirs.
A portion of the water stored in surface reservoirs evaporates and seeps into the  ground
water table through the pond bottom.  Transpiration from vegetation in and adjacent to
ponds constitutes another means of water loss.
Ground and Surface  Water
      Ground water may become surface water  at springs or  at intersections of a water
body and a water table.  During  extended dry  periods,  stream flows consist largely of
water from the ground water reservoir. As the ground water reservoir  is drained by the
stream, the flow will reach  a minimum or may cease  altogether.  It is important in
evaluating stream and spring supplies to consider seasonal changes in flow that may occur
due  to snow or dry periods.
Snow
      Much of the snow  falling on a watershed  remains on the  ground surface until
temperatures rise  above freezing and it melts.  In the mountainous areas of the western
United States, snow storage is an important source of water supply through much of the
irrigation season. Water supply systems in  these areas usually benefit from actions which
increase the snowpack and reduce melting.
Alternate Sources
      Another possible source of water supply is an existing water system which  may
service a nearby community.  This may be an attractive, low-cost solution, especially
considering the costs  of developing and operating a new water supply.

QUALITY  OF  WATER
      Precipitation in the  form of rain, snow, hail, or sleet contains very few impurities.
It may contain trace amounts of minerals, gases, and other substances as it forms and falls
through the earth's atmosphere.  However, it has virtually no bacterial  content.
      Once precipitation reaches the earth's surface, however, there are many chances for
mineral  and  organic  substances,  micro-organisms, and  other  forms  of pollution
(contamination)1 to enter the water.   When water  runs over or through the  ground
surface, it may pick up particles of soil. This is  noticeable in the water as cloudiness, or
"turbidity".  It also picks up particles of organic matter and bacteria.  As surface water
      Pollution as used in this manual means the presence in water of any foreign substances (organic,
      inorganic, radiological, or biological) which tend to lower its quality to a point that it constitutes a health
      hazard or impairs the usefulness of the water. Contamination, where used in this manual, has essentially
      the same meaning.

-------
seeps through the ground to the water table, most of the suspended particles (even some
bacteria) are filtered out.  However, the water may pick up additional contaminants or
particles when it comes in contact with underground mineral deposits.
      The widespread use  of man-made  chemicals,  including pesticides, herbicides,
fertilizers, insecticides, and industrial and medical chemicals, has caused a renewed interest
in the quality of water.   Many of  these materials  are known to be  toxic and/or
carcinogenic (cancer-causing) to humans and may have other undesirable characteristics.
Water pollution has  also been  traced to  sewage  or waste water  sources containing
synthetic (man-made) detergents.  Chemical and bacteriological analyses to determine
water quality may be performed by a State or local health department or by a qualified
commercial laboratory.
      Characteristics that describe water as it moves over or below the ground may be
classified under four major headings:  physical, chemical, biological and  radiological.
Physical Characteristics
      Physical characteristics relate to the appearance of water, its color or turbidity, taste
and odor, temperature and foamability.  The water, as used, should look, taste and smell
clean.
      Color.  Dissolved organic material from  decaying vegetation and certain inorganic
matter causes water to appear colored.  Occasionally, algae blooms or the growth of
aquatic micro-organisms may also give color.  Iron and manganese can cause a red or
black color in water and may stain bathroom fixtures.  While color itself does not usually
mean that the water is not  safe, its presence is unpleasant and suggests that the water
needs treatment.  Typically, treated water will have a measurement of less than five "color
units." Color may also indicate mine drainage or the presence of decaying organic matter,
which may form harmful trihalomethanes during disinfection with chlorine.
      Foamability. Foam in water is usually caused by concentrations of detergents greater
than 1 mg/L. While  the foam itself may not be hazardous, the user should understand
that if enough detergent is in the water supply to cause a noticeable froth to appear on
a glass of water, other contaminants possibly contributed by sewage may also be present.
      Taste and Odor.  Taste and odor in water can be caused by foreign matter such as
organic compounds, inorganic salts, or other dissolved minerals or gases.  These materials
may come from household, industrial, agricultural, or natural sources.  Drinking water
should not have any unpleasant taste or odor.
      Tastes and odors in water are usually tested for  both strength and  type.  A sample
is collected in glass containers and tested as soon as possible. The test can be delayed for
a few hours if refrigeration is available.
      A simple test consisting of taking a sample and observing it for clarity and smelling
it for possible odors can be an early sign of pollution.  If there is a detectible smell or
taste, the  "threshold odor test" can then be performed at  a laboratory to determine the
severity of the problem. If pollution is suspected, other tests should be done and advice
from  local county and state  agencies obtained.

-------
      Temperature.  The most desirable drinking waters are consistently cool and do not
have temperature changes of more than a few degrees. Ground water and surface water
from  mountainous areas generally meet this standard. Most individuals find that water
having a temperature between 50°F (10°C) and 60°F (16°C) is most palatable.  Warmer
temperatures may also increase sensory response to tastes and odors.
      Turbidity.  The presence of suspended material such as clay, silt, finely divided
organic material, plankton, and other inorganic material  in water is known as turbidity.
A turbidity in excess of five units can be easily  seen  in a glass of water, and is usually
undesirable because it causes the water to  look unclean.  Treated water normally has a
turbidity level of less than 0.5 NTU2.
      Clay or other inert suspended particles in drinking  water may not adversely affect
health, but water containing such particles may require treatment to make it suitable for
use and to increase disinfection effectiveness. The major danger of turbidity in drinking
water is that it can harbor bacteria, require the use of more chlorine  during disinfection,
or react with chlorine to form harmful by-products. Surface water supplies are generally
more turbid than ground water, which is normally less than  1 NTU.  Variations hi the
ground water turbidity following a rainfall may be considered a  sign of surface water
infiltration or other pollution since ground  water turbidity does not usually change.
Chemical Characteristics
      The materials that form the earth's crust affect not only the  quantity of water that
may be taken from a well, but also its chemical characteristics.  As surface water seeps
downward to the water table, it dissolves portions of the  minerals  contained in soils and
rocks. Ground  water, therefore, usually contains more dissolved  minerals than surface
water.
      The chemical characteristics of water in  a particular place  can sometimes be
predicted from  analyses  of nearby water sources, unless a local source of pollution is
present.  Chemical and other water quality data are often available hi published reports
of the U.S. Geological Survey or from Federal, State, and local health, geological, and
water agencies.  If information is not available,  a chemical analysis of the water source
should be made. Some state health and geological departments, as well as state colleges,
and many commercial laboratories may provide this service. Portable water test kits are
also available. Knowing about the chemical quality of a water supply source is important
in order to determine what treatment, if any, is required.
      Some substances, when present in water, may corrode, or wear away parts of the
water system or  stain fixtures and clothing. Chemical analysis can detect those substances.
Proper sample size and the sample collection methods are important; the testing faculties
instructions should be followed.
      Chemical, physical, radiological and  bacteriological substances in drinking water
which pose a health risk to  the public are regulated by the Environmental Protection
Agency.  EPA  establishes maximum contaminant levels  (MCLs)  for  drinking water
contaminants. If analysis of a water supply shows that any of the MCLs listed in Table
1  are exceeded,  the water should  not be  used without  treatment to remove  the
contaminant(s).
    2 NTU - Nephelometric Turbidity Unit, a standard unit of measurement for turbidity.

 10

-------
      TABLE 1. - Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)1
                   Inorganic Contaminants
PARAMETER
Arsenic
Asbestos (fibers/L)
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Fluoride
MCL
0.05
7 million
1
0.005
0.1
1.32
4.0
PARAMETER
Fluoride
Lead
Mercury
Nitrate (as N)
Nitrate + Nitrite (as N)
Selenium

MCL
4.0
0.0152
0.002
10
1
0.01

                    Organic Contaminants
PARAMETER
Alachlor
Atrazine
Benzene
Carbofuran
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chlordane
2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic
Dibromochloropropane
o-Dichlorobenzene
para-Dichlorobenzene
1,2-Dichloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethylene
cis-l,2-Dichloroethy!ene
trans-l,2-Dichloroethylene
1,2-Dichloropropane
Endnn
Ethylbenzene
MCL
0.002
0.003
0.005
0.04
0.005
0.002
0.07
0.0002
0.6
0.075
0.005
0.007
0.07
0.1
0.005
0.0002
0.7
PARAMETER
Ethylene dibromide
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Lindane
Methoxychlor
Monochlorobenzene
Polychlormated biphenyls
Styrene
Tetrachlorocthylene
Toluene
Toxaphene
Total Trihalomethanes
2,4,5-TP (Silvex)
Tnchloroethane
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Vinyl Chloride
Xylenes
MCL
0.00005
0.0004
0.0002
0.0002
0.04
0.1
0.0005
01
0.005
1
0.003
010
0.05
0.005
0.20
0.002
10
                  Radiological Contaminants
PARAMETER
Total radium (radium-226 + radium-228) (pCi/L)
Gross alpha activity (pCi/L)
Beta partical and photon activity (millirem/year)
MCL
5
15
4
Units in mg/L unless otherwise noted.
USEPA has set "action levels" for copper and lead in public drinking water.
                                                                      11

-------
     Not all substances are regulated because of their health risks. Secondary maximum
contaminant levels  (SMCLs)  are  established by EPA for providing  an aesthetically
acceptable water supply (see Table 2). Exceeding SMCLs may cause people to question
the safety of their drinking water even though there is no direct health risk. As a result,
people might use a water  supply that has better aesthetic qualities but poses a health risk.

          TABLE  2. - Secondary Maximum Contaminant Levels (SMCLs)1
PARAMETER
Aluminum
Chloride
Color (PtCo units)
Copper
Corrosivity
Fluoride
Foaming Agents
Iron
SMCL
0.05 to 0.2
250
15
1.0
Non-corrosive
2.0
0.5
0.3
PARAMETER
Manganese
Odor (TON)
pH
Silver
Sulfate
Total dissolved solids
Zinc

MCL
0.05
3
6,5 to 8.5
0.1
250
500
5.0

     1      Units in mg/L unless otherwise noted.

     The following is a discussion of some of the chemical characteristics of water based
on limits set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
     Alkalinity.  Alkalinity occurs in water due to bicarbonate, carbonate, or hydroxide
compounds.  The  presence of alkalinity  is determined by  standard methods involving
titration with various indicator solutions. Knowledge of the compounds causing alkalinity
is useful in selecting chemical clarification, softening, and corrosion control procedures for
water supplies.
     Aluminum.  Aluminum may, even at levels as low as 0.05 mg/L, cause precipitation
and increased turbidity in water as it passes through a distribution system. The World
Health Organization recommends that levels of aluminum in water not exceed 0.2 mg/L
due to the potential for water discoloration.  The EPA has recommended  that States set
aesthetic standards of 0.05 to 0.2 mg/L to prevent aluminum discoloration or precipitation.
The level set by a State is determined by water quality and water treatment considerations.
     Chloride. Most waters  contain some chloride in solution.   Sources include  the
leaching of marine sediments, intrusion of sea water, and industrial and domestic wastes.
Chloride concentrations  in excess of 250 mg/L usually  produce  a noticeable taste in
drinking water. In areas where the chloride content is higher than 250 mg/L and all other
criteria are met, however, it may be necessary to use a water source that exceeds this limit.
     A sudden increase in the chloride content of a water  may indicate pollution from
sewage sources or infiltration  of adjacent salt  water, particularly if the normal chloride
content is known to be low.
     Copper.  Copper is found in some natural waters, particularly in areas where copper
ore deposits have been mined.
     Corrosive water that passes through  copper pipes may also pick up excessive
amounts of copper. Copper, in small amounts,  causes an unpleasant taste.  A larger toxic
dose of copper causes nausea, and prolonged ingestion may result in liver damage. For
12

-------
this reason, EPA has issued a regulation which includes an "action level" of 1.3 mg/L for
copper in drinking water measured at household water taps.
     Hardness.  Hard water and soft water are relative terms.  Hard water retards the
cleaning action of soaps and detergents, causing additional expense in the form of extra
work and cleaning agents. Furthermore, when hard water is heated it will deposit a hard
scale (as in a kettle, water heaters, or cooking utensils) which damages hot water pipes
and requires additional heating fuel or energy expenditures.
     Calcium and  magnesium salts,  which are the  major cause of hardness in water
supplies, are divided into two  general classifications: carbonate, or temporary hardness,
and noncarbonate, or permanent hardness.
     Carbonate, or temporary hardness is so called because heating the water results in
its removal.  When water is heated, bicarbonates break down into solid particles that stick
to a heated surface and the inside of pipes.
     Noncarbonated, or permanent, hardness is so called because it is not  removed when
water is heated. Noncarbonated hardness is due largely to the presence  of the sulfates
and  chlorides of calcium  and magnesium  in the water.  Water with  total  hardness
concentrations from 0 to 75  mg/L  is considered soft, 75 to 150 mg/L is considered
moderately hard, 150 to 300 mg/L is considered hard, and over 300 mg/L is considered
very hard.
     Fluorides.  In some areas, water sources contain natural fluorides.   Where the
concentrations approach optimum levels (0.7 to  1.2 mg/L)  health benefits have been
observed. In such areas, the incidence of dental caries has been found to be below the
rate in  areas without natural  fluorides.3  Excessive fluoride  (greater than 4 mg/L) in
drinking water supplies may cause fluorosis (mottling)  or discoloration of teeth, which
increases as the fluoride  level  rises. When fluoride concentrations exceed 4.0 mg/L, the
risk of skeletal fluorosis  or other adverse health effects is increased. The state or local
health departments should be  consulted if the level exceeds 4.0 mg/L.
     Iron. Small amounts of  iron are often found in water because of the large amount
of iron present  hi the soil, and because corrosive water will pick up  iron from pipes.
Clothing washed in water containing excessive iron may become stained a brownish color.
Iron also affects the taste of beverages such as tea and coffee.  The recommended limit
for iron is 0.3 mg/L.
     Lead.  Lead accumulations in the body and prolonged exposures to even very small
amounts, particularly  amount young children and  pregnant women, can result in serious
health effects. The effects include delays in normal physical and mental development and
impairment in learning and behavior.  In 1991, EPA issued a  regulation for public water
supplies which includes an "action  level"  of 0.015  mg/L for lead in drinking water
measured at household water  taps.  A public supply would have to take several steps to
minimize lead in drinking water if 10 percent or more of the homes served by the supply
exceed the lead "action level".
     Excessive lead is occasionally found in source water, but the usual cause of excessive
lead in tap water is lead in household plumbing.  Solder and fixtures containing lead can
     The addition of about 1 mg/L of fluoride to water supplies has been found to help prevent tooth decay
     in children.  Some  natural water supplies already contain amounts of, fluoride that exceed the
     recommended optimum concentrations.

                                                                                13

-------
leach lead into drinking water. In 1986, the U.S. Congress banned the use of lead solder
containing greater than 0.2 percent lead and restricted the lead content of faucets, pipes
and other plumbing materials to 8.0 percent. Nevertheless, materials containing lead are
present in water distribution systems and in millions of homes.
     Manganese. Manganese produces a brownish color in laundered clothing, can leave
a black stain on fixtures, and affects the taste of beverages, including coffee and tea. The
recommended limit for manganese is 0.05 mg/L.
     Nitrates. Nitrate  can cause the blood disorder methemoglobinemia (infant cyanosis
or "blue baby disease")  in infants who have been given water or fed formula prepared with
water  having  high  nitrates.   A household water  supply  should not contain  nitrate
concentrations in excess  of 45 mg/L (10 mg/L expressed as nitrogen). Excess  nitrate
levels in water may be  caused by contamination from livestock manure or from nitrogen
fertilizer applied to farmland. Wells may also be contaminated by lawn fertilizers used by
homeowners.
     In some polluted wells, nitrite is also present in water and is even more hazardous,
especially to  infants.   When a high  nitrite concentration (i.e., at levels greater  than  1
mg/L) is found, the water must not be used for feeding infants. The nitrite concentration
should be determined,  and if too high, advice obtained from health authorities about the
safety of the water for  drinking.
     Pesticides.   Careless use or improper storage of pesticides  can contaminate water
sources and make the water unsafe for drinking.  Numerous cases have been reported of
well contamination resulting from termite-control treatment.  Pesticides must not be used
near wells.
     Other synthetic (man-made) organic chemicals, some of which are used by industries
for many purposes, are also of concern in the protection of drinking water.  These organic
chemicals can be hazardous to human health, and may cause taste and odor problems in
drinking water.  See Table 1 for those which are regulated by EPA.
     pH.  pH is a measure of  the  hydrogen  ion concentration  in water.   It is also a
measure of the  acid or  alkaline content.  The pH scale ranges from 0 to 14.   Seven
represents neutrality, while values less than 7 indicate increasing acidity and values  greater
than 7 indicate increasing alkalinity.  The pH of water in its natural state is generally in
the  range of pH 5.5 to  9.0.  Determination of the pH value assists in  the control of
corrosion,  the determination of proper chemical dosages, and  adequate control of
disinfection.
     Silver.  Water containing excessive silver (levels greater than 0.1 mg/L) may cause
a permanent gray discoloration of the skin, eyes and mucous membranes known as argyria
or argyrosis.
     Sodium. When  it is necessary to know the precise amount of sodium present in a
water  supply, a  laboratory analysis should be  made. Ion-exchange water softeners will
increase the amount of sodium in drinking water. For this reason, water that has been
softened should be analyzed for sodium whenever a person needs to keep a precise record
of their sodium  intake.  For a healthy person, the sodium content  of water is not a
concern because the intake from table salt in the ordinary diet is so much greater, but for
those on a low-sodium diet, sodium in water must be considered.  The usual low-sodium
diets allow for 20 mg/L sodium in the drinking water. When this limit is exceeded, a
physician's advice should be sought.
 14

-------
     Siilfates. Waters containing high concentrations of sulfate (greater than 250 mg/L)
caused by the leaching of natural deposits of magnesium sulfate (Epsom salts) or sodium
sulfate (Glauber's salt) may be undesirable because of their laxative effects.
     Total Dissolved Solids (TDS). TDS refers to the presence of ions such as sodium,
chloride, sulfate, and calcium in water. Some of these dissolved solids may cause taste and
odor problems,  deteriorate plumbing  and appliances, or  cause  mineral  precipitation.
Because water with a high TDS  level tastes bad, a maximum  level of  500 mg/L is
recommended in drinking water supplies.
     Zinc.  Zinc is found in some natural waters, particularly in areas where  zinc ore
deposits have been mined.  Zinc is not considered detrimental  to health, but it will impart
an unpleasant astringent taste to drinking water. For this reason, the recommended limit
for zinc is 5.0 mg/L.
     Serious surface and ground water pollution problems have developed from existing
and abandoned mining operations. Among the worst are those associated with coal mine
operations,  where heavy  concentrations of iron, manganese, sulfates, and acids have
resulted from the weathering and leaching of minerals.
Biological Characteristics
     The presence of biological organisms in water are very  important to public health
considerations and can significantly change the physical and  chemical characteristics of
water.   Water for  drinking and cooking must be made free  from  disease-producing
organisms.
     Total  Colifonn  as  Pollution Indicator.  Organisms  which are  known  to  cause
waterborne disease include bacteria, protozoa and viruses.  Some algae and helminths
(worms) may also be capable of producing disease. Symptoms of waterborne disease may
include diarrhea, cramps,  nausea and possibly jaundice.
     Unfortunately, specific disease-producing organisms present  in water  are not easily
identified.  It would be very difficult, expensive and time-consuming to monitor  for each
of these organisms. For this reason, it is necessary to select an easily measured "indicator
organism," whose presence indicates that disease-producing organisms may be  present.
A group of closely related bacteria, the total coliform,  have been selected as an indicator
of harmful organisms in drinking water.
     Total coliforms are common in the water environment.  One of them, Escherichia
coll (E. coli, often referred to as fecal coliforms) only  grows in  the intestine of warm
blooded animals. Total coliform bacteria are generally not harmful.   Water treatment
should remove any total  coliforms from water entering the distribution  system.  The
presence of these bacteria in drinking water generally is a result of a problem with water
treatment or the pipes which distribute the water, and indicates that  the water may be
contaminated with harmful organisms.  Total coliforms are not only a useful indicator of
potential sewage contamination, but are also a useful screen  for the actual presence of
E. coli.  The presence of E. coli is strong evidence that fresh  sewage is present.
     Total coliforms are  not a perfect indicator of the actual or potential presence of
harmful organisms, because some disease-producing organisms, especially  the protozoa,
such as  Giardia and cryptosporidiiim, are able to withstand treatment which remove total
coliforms. These two protozoa are often found in surface waters which are contaminated
by human sewage or wildlife, which are principle carriers of these organisms.
                                                                                15

-------
     Other Biological Factors.  Certain forms of aquatic plants and microscopic animal life
in natural  water may be either stimulated  or  retarded  in  their growth by physical,
chemical, or biological factors.  For example, the growth of algae, tiny green plants usually
found floating in surface water, is stimulated by light, heat, nutrients such as nitrogen and
phosphorus, and the presence  of carbon dioxide  as a product of organic decomposition.
Their growth may, in turn, be  retarded by changes in pH  (measure  of acidity), the
presence of inorganic impurities, excessive turbidity or darkness, low temperature, and the
presence of certain bacteria.
     Continuous cycles  of  growth  and decay  of  algae  in  water may  result  in the
production of undesirable by-products that may adversely affect water quality.  The same
is true of certain non-harmful bacteria or other microorganisms that live in natural waters.
     A water source should be as free of biological activity as possible.  Select water
sources that do not normally support much plant or animal life, and protect these sources
from contamination  by biological  and fertilizing agents.  Stored water should  not be
exposed to excessive light or temperature.  Disinfection may be  necessary to properly
control  biological activity.
Radiological Characteristics
     Radiological factors must be considered in areas where there is a possibility that the
water may  have come in  contact with radioactive substances.
     Radioactive material is found in nature, and as a result of the development and use
of atomic energy as  a power source,  and the mining  of radioactive and other materials.
It has become necessary  to set upper limits for the intake of radioactive substances into
the body, including intake from drinking water.
     The effects of human exposure to radiation or radioactive materials are harmful and
any unnecessary exposure should be avoided. The concentrations of radioactive materials
specified in the current drinking water regulations (see Table 1)  are intended to limit the
human intake of these substances so that the radiation exposure of any individual will not
exceed the amount defined by current radiation protection guidelines. People have always
been exposed to natural radiation from water, food, and air.  The total amount of
radiation to which a person is exposed varies with  the amount of this  background, or
natural, radioactivity as well  as other  factors, including exposure to man-made sources of
radiation.
     Natural Radiation.  Natural radiation occurs primarily in ground water and includes
radon, radium, and uranium. Radon is the most common radiological threat. The health
risk from these contaminants  comes mainly  from the deposit  of radium  and uranium
within the bones and, inhalation of air which has been contaminated by water or soil gas
containing radon. Radon is known to cause lung cancer. Samples of source water should
be sent  to a qualified laboratory for analysis if natural radioactivity is suspected.
     Man-Made Radiation.  The health  risks associated with man-made  radiation are
similar to the health risks associated with natural sources of radiation. Of the radioactive
substances  that increase  the risk of cancer, tritium, strontium,  cesium and others  have
been found in drinking waters  sources.
16

-------
     Radiological data indicating radioactive substances in an area's drinking water may
be available in publications of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, U.S. Public
Health Service, U.S. Geological  Survey, or from Federal, State, or local agencies.  For
information or recommendations on specific problems, the appropriate agency should be
contacted.

WATER TESTING AND LABS
     Many tests and analyses can be  made  on water to determine quality,  so  it is
important to  carefully select those most needed.  County and state health departments
may help in selecting tests and locating testing laboratories.  Water treatment equipment
dealers may also help determine appropriate tests, and may perform some analysis. Some
states certify laboratories that are qualified to test water, while some states provide water
testing services themselves.
     Test kits are also available for analysis at  the water source or supply (field analysis)
of many chemical and bacteriological characteristics. Field test kits are available (from
several suppliers) for alkalinity, bacteria (iron  and sulfur bacteria, slime organisms and
coliform), fluoride, hardness, iron, lead, manganese, chlorine, nitrate, pH, and zinc.  Test
kits  are a  useful indicator, but  cannot  always be relied on  to prove the presence  or
absence of a contaminant. If a drinking water contaminant is identified during a field test,
it may be desired that a more detailed analysis be performed  by a qualified laboratory.
     Collection  of Samples.  Water samples  must be collected carefully to  prevent
contamination of the sample.  Samples collected to satisfy drinking water regulations  must
be analyzed in a laboratory certified by the State or  EPA.   More information about
sample collection and analysis for microorganisms in water is found in Appendix D.

CONTAMINANT SOURCES
     There are many ways a water  source could  become contaminated.  An accurate
identification of the reason for contamination is  vital to determining the safety  of a
drinking water. If the source of contamination  can be located, it may then be eliminated.
Unfortunately, if the contamination cannot be eliminated, the water supply may still have
to be used (with appropriate treatment) if no other water source is available.
Physical
     Physical contamination can  result from surface  runoff during periods of heavy
rainfall, urban runoff of oils, dirts and highway salts from roadways and parking lots, or
from the growth of taste- and odor-causing algae in stored water.
Chemical
     Chemical contamination may result from  mine drainage,  landfill leachate (leakage),
storage tank leaks, accidental spills of chemicals in transport, agricultural fertilizer runoff,
or salt water intrusion.   Excessive hardness may also be present from the slow trickle
(percolation) of water through natural mineral deposits.
Biological
     Biological  contamination  comes  from  municipal, agricultural, industrial  and
individual wastewater systems. Treatment plant discharges, septic tank leaks, cess pools,
and  applying undisinfected wastewater  sludge to farmland all contribute bacteria and
viruses to source water.  Other biological contamination can come from landfill leachate,
deer and other wildlife in the watershed, and farm animal feedlots and manure  lagoons.
                                                                                17

-------
Radiological
     Radiological contamination comes from natural geologic formations and soils, and
by leaks from radioactive storage sites, industrial sites, medical wastes and nuclear test
sites.  Natural  radiation may also leak  into  drinking water  sources  from active or
abandoned uranium mines.
     Appendix E contains a useful key to identify many of the contaminants in water
discussed above by using the senses of feeling, smell, taste, sight and hearing.

QUANTITY OF WATER
     With quality water supplies becoming more difficult to find and water demands
increasing, this limited resource must be carefully used and conserved. In order to select
a suitable water supply source, the demand that will be placed on it must be known.  The
elements of water  demand include the average daily water use and the peak  rate of
demand.  In the process, the ability of the water source to meet demands during critical
periods (when surface flows and ground water tables are low) must be determined. Stored
water,  that would meet demand during these critical periods, must also be  taken into
consideration.
     The  "peak demand" rates must be estimated in order to determine plumbing and
pipe sizing, pressure losses, and storage requirements necessary to supply enough water
during periods of peak water demand.
     State or  local agency requirements may dictate water supply (and component)
capacities.  Where such agency requirements do not exist, the following discussion of
average and peak demands can be used to project water needs.
Average Daily Water Use
     Many factors Influence water use  for a given system.  For example, the fact that
water under pressure  is available encourages people to water lawns and gardens,  wash
automobiles, operate air-conditioning equipment, and perform many other activities at
home  and on  the farm.   Modern kitchen and laundry appliances such as  food waste
disposers and automatic dishwashers contribute to a higher total water use and  tend to
increase peak demands. Since water  requirements will influence all features of a water
supply under development or improvement, they are very important in planning.  Table
3 presents a summary of  average water use as a guide in preparing estimates.  Local
adaptations must be made where necessary.
Peak Demands
     The rate of water use for an individual water system will vary with the level of
activity in the home or farm.  Rates are generally highest in the home near mealtimes,
during midmorning laundry periods, and shortly before bedtime.  During the  other
daytime hours  and at night, water use  may be almost nothing. Thus, a household may use
most of its water during only a few hours of the day.
     Simultaneous use of several plumbing fixtures will determine the maximum peak rate
of water delivery for  the home water system.   For example, a shower, an automatic
dishwasher, a lawn-sprinkler system, and a flush toilet all operated at the same tune would
probably produce a near-critical peak. It is true that  not all of these facilities are usually
used together; but if they exist on the  same system, there is always  a possibility that they
 18

-------
                       TABLE  3. - Planning guide for water use.
          Types of Establishments
Gallons per day
 Airports (per passenger)
 Apartments, multiple family (per resident)
 Bath houses (per bather)
 Camps:  Construction, semipermanant (per worker)
         Day with no meals served (per camper)
         Luxury (per camper)
         Resorts, day and night, with limited plumbing (per camper)
         Tourist with central bath and toilet facilities (per person)
 Cottages with seasonal occupancy (per resident)
 Courts, tourist with individual bath units (per person)
 dubs:    Country (per resident member)
         Country (per non-resident member)
 Dwellings: Boardinghousc (per boarder)
         Luxury (per person)
         Multiple-family apartments (per resident)
         Rooming houses (per resident)
         Single family (per resident)
 Estates (per resident)
 Factories (gallons per shift)
 Highway rest area (per person)
 Hotels with private baths (2 persons per room)
 Hotels without private baths (per person)
 Institutions other than hospitals (per person)
         Hospitals (per bed)
 Laundries, self-serviced (gallons per washing, i.c.,per customer)
 Livestock  (per animal):
         Cattle, horse, mule, steer (drinking)
         Dairy (drinking and servicing)
         Goat, sheep (drinking)
         Hog (drinking)
 Motels with bath, toilet, and kitchen facilities (per bed space)
         With bed and toilet (per bed space)
 Parks:  Overnight with flush toilets (per camper)
         Trailers with individual bath units, no sewer connections (per trailer)
         Trailers with individual baths, connected to sewer (per person)
 Picnic:  With bathhouses, showers, and flush toilets (per picnicker)
         With toilet facilities only (gallons per picnicker)
 Poultry: Chickens (per 100)
         Turkeys (per 100)
 Resturants with toilet facilities (per patron)
         Without toilet facilities (per patron)
         With bars and cocktail lounge (additional quantity per patron)
 Schools: Boarding (per pupil)
         Day with cafeteria, gymnasiums, and showers (per pupil)
         Day with cafeteria but no gymnasium or showers (per pupil)
         Day without cafeteria, gymnasiums, or showers (per pupil)
 Service stations (per vehicle)
 Stores (per toilet room)
 Swimming pools (per swimmer)
 Theaters (per seat)
 Workers:  Construction (per person per shift)
	Day (school or offices per person per shift)	
      3-5
      60
      10
      50
      15
    100-150
      50
      35
      50
      50
      100
      25
      50
    100-150
      40
      60
     50-75
    100-150
     15-30
       5
      60
      50
    75-125
    25CMOO
      50

      12
      35
       2
       4
      50
      40
      25
      25
      50
      20
      10
      5-10
     10-18
      7-10
     2V4-3
       2
    75-100
      25
      20
      15
      10
      400
      10
       5
      50
      15
                                                                                               19

-------
will be. For design purposes, this method of calculation is useful.  Table 4 summarizes
the rate of flow which would be expected for certain household and farm fixtures.
    TABLE  4. - Rates of flow for certain plumbing, household, and farin fixtures.
Location
Ordinary basin faucet
Self-cleaning basin faucet
Sink; faucet, 3/8-inch
Sink faucet, 1/2-inch
Bathtub faucet
Laundry tub faucet, 1/2-inch
Shower
Ball-cock for closet
Flush valve for doset
Flushometer valve for closet
Garden hose (50 ft., 3/4-inch sin cock)
Garden hose (50 ft., 5/8-inch outlet)
Drinking fountains
Fire hose IVfc-inches, 1/2-inch nozzel
Flow pressure
-pounds per
square inch fps
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
IS
15
30
15
15
30
Flow rate-
gallons per
minute fepm)
2.0
2.5
4.5
4.5
6.0
5.0
5.0
3.0
15-40*
15.0
5
3.3
3/4
40
      1     Flow pressure is the pressure in the supply near the faucet or water outlet while the faucet or
           water outlet is wide open and flowing.
      2     Wide range due to variation in design and type of closet flush valves.

 Special Water Considerations
      Lawn Sprinkling. The amount of water required for lawn sprinkling depends on the
 size of the lawn, type of sprinkling equipment, climate, soil, and water control.  In dry or
 arid areas the amount of water used may equal or exceed the total amount used for other
 domestic or farmstead purposes. For estimating purposes, a rate of 1 inch of water per
 hour for each square  foot of surface area is reasonable.  This amount of water can be
 applied by sprinkling 60 gallons of water per hour over each 100 square feet.
 Example:
       . lawn of 1,000 square feet would require:
           1.000 sq. ft. x 60 gallons    ,-_   ,     ,       ,_
                  H     -*-•       = 600 gal. per hour or 10 gpm
                            100 sq. ft.
20

-------
     Fire Protection. In areas with individual water supply systems, effective firefighting
often depends on the  facilities provided by the property  owner.  The National Fire
Protection Association  has prepared a report which outlines and describes ways to use
available water supplies in firefighting.4
     The  most  important factors  in successful firefighting  are early  discovery and
immediate action.   For  immediate  protection, portable fire extinguishers should  be
available in the home or farm. Such protection is designed only for controlling of fires in
the early stage.  A water  supply is a necessary second line of defense.
     The use of water  supplies that use gravity to deliver water for firefighting presents
certain design problems.  These include (1) the construction  of a dam,  farm pond, or
storage tank to hold the water until needed, and  (2) the determination of the size of
pipeline that will be needed.  The size of the pipe is dependent upon two factors: (1) the
total fall  or  head from the point of supply to the point of use  and (2) the  length of
pipeline required.
     A properly constructed well tapping a good aquifer can be a dependable source for
both domestic use and  fire protection. If the well is to be  relied on for  fire protection
without any  additional storage,  it should  demonstrate, by a pumping test, minimum
capacity of 8 to 10 gallons per minute continuously for a period of 2 hours during the
driest time of the year.
     Protecting the pump motor, controls,  and powerline results in a more dependable
installation.  The best system is one in which all electrical elements are located outside at
the well, and there is a separate powerline from the well that  by-passes other buildings.
     There are many factors that determine the amount of fire protection that should be
built into  a  water  system.   Publications of the National Fire Protection Association5
provide more information on this subject.
     The smallest  individual pressure system available provides  about 210  gallons per
hour (3Vfe  gallons per minute).  Although this system will  supply a stream  through an
ordinary garden hose, it is not enough to put out an established fire. When a new system
is being planned or a replacement of equipment made, it is urged that a capacity of at
least 500 gallons an hour (8 1/3 gallons per minute) be specified and the supply increased
to meet this demand.  If necessary, storage should be added.  The additional cost of
adding  capacity for fire protection is partially offset by the increased quantities of water
available for  other uses.

WATER  CONSERVATION
     Water conservation is the conscious effort by an individual to save water and is also
a means of saving  money.   Every gallon  of water not used is one less to be stored,
purified, treated, and distributed. It may also represent one  less gallon  that has to be
heated for washing or bathing, thus saving energy costs, or one less gallon of water that
must pass through  some form of wastewater  treatment before it is restored  to the
    4  National Fire Protection Association, "Water Supply Systems for Rural Fire Protection," National Fire
      Codes, vol. 8 (Boston, 1969).
    5  Ibid.
                                                                                 21

-------
environment. Saving water saves money, preserves an exhaustible natural resource, puts
less of a demand on your water source, and saves clean water sources from potential
pollution.
     The average U.S. family of four uses an estimated 300 gallons of water every day,
and this  figure  does not include the amount that may be used  for lawn and  garden
purposes. This is water that has been pumped, treated, and distributed  or stored for
consumption or use.  About 95 percent of this water, or 285 gallons, ends up as sewage.
As much as 120 gallons is flushed down toilets, with the remainder going down household
drains.
     Depending on the type of plumbing fixtures and established personal use habits,
average household water use is similar to the ranges described in the following table:

                      Average Household Water Use Activities
                       Per Person Per Day (Indoor Use Only)
Use
Toilet (per flush)
Faucets (per minute use)
Bath/Shower (per minute use)
Daily laundry (per load)
Cooking/Drinking
Gallons
1.5-5
3
5
25
3
Gallons
per day
25
15
15
10
3
% Daily
37
21
22
15
5
                                                     TOTAL
100%
Water Saving Devices
     Each gallon of water used also costs money. Remembering this fact may help people
decide to make a determined effort to conserve water.  Once a decision to save water is
made, there are many readily-available and inexpensive water saving devices that can help
people conserve water.  Most of them  are available at hardware stores  and plumbing
supply houses.
     Although most plumbing systems were installed to satisfy demand without regard for
saving water,  many devices can fit almost any existing system and help conserve water.
All of the equipment and devices described below can save water, save money and reduce
waste flow.
     Water Saving Toilets.  This  type of toilet is now required by law in  some parts of
California. Most use 3 or 3.5 gallons of water per flush instead of the standard 5 gallons.
Most lower-volume flush toilets require no special plumbing alterations and work exactly
like a regular flush toilet.  They use less water because of design changes in the bowl
shape, trap pitch and water column height.  They are easy to install and the benefits  are
immediate.
     Toilet Inserts. An insert such as a plastic bottle filled with water or sand and placed
in the  tank will take  up space and limits the amount of water  that is flushed in a
conventional toilet.  This is an improvement on the old "brick" method.  A brick in  the
back of the tank works the same way, but eventually  disintegrates, discoloring the water
and possibly damaging the plumbing. Anyone can install  a tank insert with no special
training or tools.
 22

-------
     Improved Ballcocks. A ballcock plugs the flush opening in the bottom of a toilet tank.
A heavier, or more efficient ballcock creates a more watertight seal.  A more watertight
seal means that a lower water level (less water) is required  in the toilet tank reservoir.
The simple "food coloring in the tank reservoir" test can help identify a worn or faulty
ballcock.  The food coloring leaks out of the tank past a worn or faulty ballcock and shows
up in the  toilet bowl.
     Dual-Flush-Cycle Toilets.  These toilets are common in Europe and are becoming
more popular here. One flush cycle is available for solids and a different cycle for liquids.
A solid flush uses approximately 2.5 gallons and a liquid flush cycle uses about half that
amount.
     Low-Flow  Shower Head. Various brands of low-flow shower heads are available at
plumbing supply stores.  They replace conventional shower  heads, but still provide the
feeling of a full force shower. The low-flow head delivers 3 gallons per minute, compared
with 5 to  10 gallons per minute by conventional heads.  They are easily installed.
     Faucet Aerators. Aerators can be installed that expose faucet water to the air, provide
a more even flow, prevent sink splashing, and save water.
     Flow Control Devices. Dime-sized orifice-restrictors can be installed in most showers
and faucets. They look like ordinary faucet washers. By reducing water flow through the
opening, as much as 60  percent of water can be saved.
     Pressure Reducing Valves. Pressure reducers can be installed on a home water supply
inlet. They keep the pressure on interior plumbing at a preset maximum limit, even if the
pumped or supplied pressure is much higher.
     Water Conserving Appliances. Many appliances are available to a water user now that
make adjustments for different load sizes so that a small wash or dish load uses less water
than a full size  load.
Leak Detection
     A faucet leak can waste up to 20 gallons a day.  A leaking toilet can waste up to 200
gallons a day. Faucet leaks can be seen and repaired easily. Food coloring or dye placed
in the toilet tank will show up in the bowl if there is  a leak.  A new ballcock usually
repairs the leak.
     If your supply is metered, a quick and easy check for leaks can be done by turning
off all water and reading the water meter.  If the meter still reads some input, there must
be a leak. The  individual user must then carry out a systematic search for the leak.  Once
the leak is discovered, it can be fixed.
Water Saving Practices
     In  addition to the water  saving  devices  described  and the importance  of leak
detection, there are a number of other common sense water conservation tips to keep in
mind.
In the Bathroom:

     (1)   Only flush human waste and toilet  paper.
     (2)   Repair toilet  leaks immediately. Even a small leak  can waste thousands of
          gallons a year and may take only minute to repair.
     (3)   Take showers instead of baths.  If you  do take a bath, do  not fill the tub too
          high. Turn off your shower while you lather up, then turn  it back on to rinse.
     (4)   Repair leaking faucets and valves.  Inspect old washers and replace if needed.
                                                                               23

-------
     (5)   Toothbrushing and shaving do not require a continuous water flow. Turn the
          water on only as needed.
     (6)   Teach your children good water conservation habits.
     (7)   Remember that up to 75 percent of in-home water use occurs in the bathroom.

In the Kitchen:

     (1)   Minimize rinsing dishes before putting them in the dishwasher (scrape the food
          off instead). If you must rinse, collect all the dishes, rinse them all at once, and
          turn  off water between rinses.
     (2)   Run  only full loads in the dishwasher.
     (3)   Save cooking water for soups, stews or  other uses.
     (4)   Compost your scraps instead  of using a garbage disposal.
     (5)   Keep a bottle of drinking water hi the refrigerator rather than waiting for cold
          drinking water from the tap.
     (6)   Do not thaw anything with running water.

In the Laundry:

     (1)   Run  only full loads in the washer.  Use the load selector switch at a  reduced
          setting for smaller loads if possible.
     (2)   Wash with cold water to save energy costs.

Outside:

     (1)   Wash cars with a bucket of soapy water. Shut off water, rinse quickly when
          done, and use a restricting flow nozzle  on the hose to reduce water use.
     (2)   Do not  use  a lawn sprinkler. Water at twilight with a ground soaking hose.
          Avoid watering on hot, sunny or  windy days.
     (3)   Allow your grass to grow taller to protect the roots and to hold more dew.

SANITARY SURVEY
     A sanitary survey of water sources is very important. For a new supply, the sanitary
survey should be  made  along  with the collection of initial hydrogeologic and other
information regarding the source and its ability to meet existing and future needs. The
sanitary survey should include the detection of all existing and potential health hazards and
the assessment  of their present and future importance. Experts trained and competent in
public health engineering and the epidemiology of waterborne diseases should conduct the
sanitary  survey.  In the  case of existing surface water supplies, a sanitary survey is
recommended every three to five years to control health hazards and maintain high water
quality.  A periodic sanitary survey is required for some public systems under the total
coliform regulations.
     The sanitary survey involves three phases: planning the survey, conducting the survey,
and compiling the  final report.  Those phases are presented in the following sections.
24

-------
Planning the Survey
    Before conducting or scheduling a sanitary survey, past sanitary survey reports, water
system plans,  any and all sampling  results, operating reports and engineering studies
should be found and closely studied.  This pre-survey review provides an opportunity to
see how and where samples are collected and how field measurements are made. The
results of the pre-survey review should include a list of items to check while in the field,
a list of questions about the system, and the format  of the survey.
Conducting the Survey
    This is the most important part of the survey. It  involves interviewing those in charge
of operating the system, reviewing  major parts of the system  from the  source  to
distribution, and investigating any problems that are identified.  Water sampling, and
testing of equipment and facilities, are all part of the survey.  Records of any field tests
or water quality monitoring should also be checked to make sure proper maintenance is
being performed.
    Source Evaluation.  Based on field  observations and discussions, source  evaluation
should include a description of the area, stream flow, land usage, degree of public access,
soil and ground cover.  Next, sources of contamination, both man-made and natural,
should be  identified by visiting the area and asking others about the watershed.  Surface
intakes, infiltration galleries, springs and catchment/cistern systems should be evaluated
in terms of their construction and their ability to protect the water supply.  The source
should be evaluated for its quantity, quality, protection from contamination, protection
from damage, and  ease of testing.  All  pumps, pump houses and controls  should  be
checked for operation, maintenance, good condition and safety hazards.  In addition,  all
check valves, blow off valves, water meters and other parts should be checked to  make
sure they  operate and are being properly maintained.  Finally, the  identification and
control of  any contaminant  sources  must be determined in relation to  the impacts  on
water quality.
    Treatment Evaluation. Depending on the source water quality, one or more of several
water treatment processes may be  in use.  These processes may include  oxidation,
coagulation, sedimentation,  filtration and  disinfection.  In  addition, more advanced
processes such as granular activated carbon  (GAC) adsorption and membrane separation
may be part of the treatment system.
    Disinfection is one treatment method which is common to many water supplies for
insuring that drinking water is free of bacterial contamination.  Disinfection feed, dosage
and  contact  time  should be evaluated.  Critical  spare  parts,  including  a back-up
disinfection unit in case of failure,  may be required to be on  hand.  Proper storage
procedures for the disinfectants and  other safety precautions should also be followed to
insure  a safe, properly maintained system.
    In all cases,  treatment evaluation  should include  investigation of all  treatment
processes,  availability of materials and spare parts,  monitoring of process effectiveness,
record keeping, competence of personnel who operate and maintain  the system, and other
key factors.
    Distribution System Evaluation.  Water quality during storage and distribution must
also be maintained.  The distribution  system should have  a scheduled program for
removing any sediments that accumulate. The distribution system should also be inspected
regularly for any possible sources of contamination.  All distribution reservoir overflow
                                                                                25

-------
lines, vents, drainlines or  cleanout pipes should be turned downward and screened.
Capacity should be determined, and should be high enough to ensure sufficient pressure
and flow. The reservoir should also be able to be isolated from the system.
     Cross connections should be identified within the system.  Each  cross connection
should be eliminated.  Annual testing of backflow prevention devices is advisable to assure
that  proper pressures and  flows are maintained. In addition,  a maintenance program
should be developed  to check leakage, pressure, corrosion control, working valves and
hydrants. More information on detection and prevention of cross connections is provided
in Part V.
     Management/Operation. The overall operation of a system should be evaluated for
its ability to deliver high quality drinking water. User fees should be charged to customers
and collected regularly.  There should be enough personnel to  operate and manage the
system.  Operation and maintenance records should be kept readily available.  Facilities
should be free from safety defects. Emergency plans should be developed and usable, and
include enough tools, supplies and maintenance parts.
     The information furnished by the sanitary  survey is essential for a  complete
interpretation of bacteriological and chemical water quality data. This information should
always accompany the laboratory findings.  The following outline  covers  the essential
factors that should be investigated or considered in a sanitary survey. Not all of the items
apply to  any one system and, in some cases, items not in the list might be more important
to a  particular water supply.
Ground Water Supplies:

     a.    Character of local geology, slope  of ground surface.
     b.   Nature of soil and underlying porous material; whether clay, sand, gravel, rock
          (especially  porous limestone); coarseness of sand  or gravel;  thickness  of
          water-bearing  layer, depth to water  table; location, log (the  underground
          features found by drilling a well), and construction details of local wells, both
          in use and  abandoned.
     c.    Slope of water table, preferably as determined from  observational wells or as
          indicated by the slope of ground surface (which is an inexact way estimating
          water-table slope).
     d.   Size of drainage area likely to contribute water to the supply.
     e.   Nature, distance, and direction of local sources of pollution  (individual septic
          tanks [density per square mile] and soil percolation rate).
     f.    Possibility of surface or drainage water entering the supply and wells becoming
          flooded; methods of protection.
     g.   Methods used for protecting the supply against pollution  by wastewater
          collection and treatment facilities and industrial waste disposal sites.
     h.   Well construction:
          1.   Total depth of well.
          2.   Casing: diameter, wall thickness, material, and  length from surface.
          3.   Screen or perforations:   diameter, material, construction, locations, and
               lengths.
          4.   Formation seal: material (cement, sand, bentonite, etc.), depth intervals,
               annular thickness, and method of placement.
26

-------
     i.    Protection of well at top: presence of sanitary well seal,  casing height above
          ground, floor, or flood level, protection of well vent, protection of well from
          erosion and animals.
     j.    Pumphouse construction (floors, drains, etc.), capacity of pumps, and whether
          water goes to storage or distribution system.
     k.    Drawdown when pumps are in operation; recovery rate when off.
     1.    Availability of  alternate (although unsafe)  water source that would require
          treatment.
     m.   Disinfection: equipment, back-up  disinfection,  supervision, test kits, or other
          types of laboratory control.
     n.    Availability of back-up power source  (e.g., diesel generator) to protect supply
          during power outages.
     o.    Adequacy of supply to meet system demands (safe yield).
     p.    Adequacy of treatment to provide reliable, high quality drinking water.

Surface-Water Supplies:

     a.    Nature of surface geology: character of soils and rocks.
     b.    Character of vegetation, forests, cultivated and irrigated land, including salinity,
          effect on irrigation water, etc.
     c.    Population and sewered  population per square mile of watershed area.
     d.    Methods  of sewage disposal,  whether by  diversion from watershed  or by
          treatment.
     e.    Character and  efficiency of sewage-treatment works on watershed.
     f.    Proximity of sources of fecal pollution to intake of water  supply.
     g.    Proximity, sources,  and character of industrial wastes, oil field brine, acid mine
          waters, etc.
     h.    Adequacy of quantity of supply (safe  yield).
     i.    For lake  or reservoir supplies:  wind  direction and velocity data, drift of
          pollution, sunshine data, algal blooms, stratified lake or impoundment.
     j.    Character and quality of raw water: concentration of coliform organisms, algae,
          turbidity,  color, objectionable mineral constituents.
     k.    Nominal period of detention in reservoir or storage basin.
     1.    Probable  minimum time required for water to  flow from sources of pollution
          to reservoir and through reservoir intake.
     m.   Shape of  reservoir, with reference to possible  currents of water, induced by
          wind or reservoir discharge, from inlet to water-supply intake that may cause
          short-circuiting (uneven flow) to occur.
     n.    Measures to protect the watershed from controlled fishing, boating, landing of
          airplanes, swimming, wading, ice cutting, animals on marginal shore areas and
          in or upon the  water.
     o.    Watershed control  through ownership or zoning for restricted uses.
     p.    Efficiency and  constancy of maintaining a controlled watershed.
     q.    Treatment of water: kind  and adequacy of equipment; duplication of parts;
          effectiveness of treatment;  adequacy of supervision, operation, and testing;
          contact period  after disinfection; free chlorine residuals.
                                                                                 27

-------
    r.     Pumping facilities:  pumphouse, pump capacity  and  standby units, storage
          facilities.
    s.     Presence of an unsafe alternative source that may need treatment or have
          cross-connections that are a danger to public health.
28

-------
                Part II
                          Ground   Water
ROCK FORMATIONS
   The rocks that form the crust of the earth are divided into three classes:

   1.  Igneous,   Rocks that are  derived from the hot  magma deep in the earth are
       igneous.  They include granite and other coarse crystalline rocks, dense igneous
       rocks (found in dikes and sills), basalt and other lava rocks, cinders, tuff, and other
       loose volcanic materials.
   2.  Sedimentary.   Rocks that consist  of chemical  particles  and rock fragments
       deposited by water, ice, or wind are sedimentary. They include deposits of gravel,
       sand, silt, clay, and the hardened equivalents of these-conglomerate, sandstone,
       siltstone, shale, limestone, and deposits of gypsum and salt.
   3.  Metamorphic.  Rocks that are made up of both igneous and  sedimentary rocks
       and are formed at great depths by heat and  pressure are metamorphic.  They
       include gneiss, schist, quartzite, slate, and marble.

   The pores, joints, and crevices of the rocks in the saturation zone are generally filled
with water.  Although the openings in these rocks are usually small, the total amount of
water that can be stored in subsurface reservoirs of rock formations is large.  Those
subsurface reservoirs are known as aquifers. The aquifers that contain the most water are
deposits of clean, coarse sand and gravel; coarse, porous sandstones; cavernous limestones;
and  broken lava  rock.  Some dense  limestones, as  well as most  of the igneous and
metamorphic rocks  do not hold much water.  Silts and clays are among the most dense
formations.  The openings  in these materials  are too  small to hold water, and the
formations cannot maintain  large openings under pressure.  Dense materials near the
surface, with crevice-like openings and cracks, may yield small amounts of water.

GROUND WATER BASINS
   In an undeveloped ground water basin, movement of water to lower basins, seepage
from and to surface-water sources, and transpiration depend on how much water is already
in the basin and the rate of recharge.  During periods of heavy rainfall, recharge may
exceed discharge. If so, the  excess rainfall increases the amount of water in the ground
water basin. As the water table or artesian pressure increases, the water pressure at the
points  of  discharge  becomes higher and outflows increase.  Extended dry periods will
cause water-table levels and  artesian pressures to decline. In most undeveloped basins,
                                                                              29

-------
the major fluctuations in storage are seasonal, with the mean annual elevation of water
levels changing little between years. Thus, the average annual inflow to storage equals the
average annual outflow-a quantity of water referred to as "the basin yield".
   Proper development of a ground water source requires careful consideration of the
hydrological and geological conditions in the area.  In order to take full advantage of a
water source for domestic use, the assistance of a qualified ground water engineer, ground
water geologist, hydrologist, or contractor familiar with the construction of wells in the
area should be sought.  Information  on the geology and hydrology of an area should be
available in publications of the U.S. Geological Survey or from other federal and state
agencies.  The National Water Well Association1 also offers assistance.

SANITARY QUALITY
   When water  seeps through  overlying material to  the  water  table,  particles in
suspension, including micro-organisms, may be removed. How much is removed depends
on the thickness and character of the overlying material.  Clay, or "hardpan", provides the
most effective natural filter for ground water. Silt and sand also provide good filtration
if fine enough and in thick enough layers. The bacterial quality of the water improves
during storage in the  aquifer because conditions  are usually unfavorable for bacteria.
Clarity alone does not guarantee that ground water is safe  to drink;  this can only be
determined by laboratory testing.
    Ground water found hi unconsolidated formations (sand, clay,  and gravel)  are
protected from sources of pollution by these same types of materials and is likely to be
safer than water  coming from consolidated formations (limestone, fractured rock, lava,
etc.).
    Where overlying materials provide limited filtration, better and more sanitary water can
sometimes be obtained by drilling deeper. It should be recognized, however, that there
are areas where it is not possible, because of the geology, to find water at greater depths.
Much unnecessary drilling has been done in the mistaken belief that  more and  better
quality water can always be obtained by drilling deeper.
    In areas without central sewerage systems, human excreta are  usually deposited in
septic tanks,  cesspools, or pit privies.   Bacteria hi  the  liquid discharge from such
installations may enter shallow aquifers.  Sewage discharges have been known to find then-
way directly into water-bearing  formations  from  abandoned  wells or soil-absorption
systems.  In such areas, the threat of contamination may be reduced by proper  well
construction  and/or by locating wells farther from  sources of contamination.   It is
advisable to  locate wells  so  that  the normal  movement of ground water  carries
contaminants away from the well.

CHEMICAL  AND  PHYSICAL  QUALITY
    The mineral content of ground water reflects its movement through the minerals which
make up the earth's crust.  Generally, ground water hi arid regions is harder and more
mineralized than water hi regions with high  annual rainfall.  Also, deeper aquifers  are
    National Water Well Association, 6375 Riverside Drive, Dublin,  Ohio  43017.
        Phone: (614)761-1711.
30

-------
more likely to contain higher concentrations of minerals in solution because the water has
had more time-perhaps millions of years~to dissolve the mineral rocks. For any ground
water region, there is a depth below which salty water, or brine, is almost certain to be
found. This depth varies from one region to another.
    Some substances found naturally in ground water, while not necessarily harmful,  may
impart a disagreeable taste  or undesirable property to the water.  Magnesium sulfate
(Epsom salt), sodium sulfate (Glauber's salt), and sodium chloride (common table salt)
are a few of these.   Iron  and manganese are  commonly found in  ground  water.
Interestingly, regular  users of waters containing so-called "excessive" amounts of these
common minerals become accustomed to the water and consider it tasty.
    Concentrations of chlorides and nitrates that are high  for a particular region may be
indicators of sewage  pollution or  contamination from agricultural fertilizers.  This is
another reason why a chemical analysis of the water should be made regularly and these
results interpreted by someone familiar with the area.
Temperature
    The temperature of ground water remains nearly constant throughout the year. Water
from very shallow sources (less than about 50 feet or 15 meters deep) may vary somewhat
from  one season to another, but water from deeper zones remains quite constant-its
temperature being close to that of the average annual  temperature at the surface. This
is why water from a well may seem relatively warm in winter or cool in summer.
    Contrary to popular belief, colder water is not  obtained by drilling deeper. Beyond
about 100 feet of depth, the temperature of ground  water increases steadily at the rate of
about 1° F for each 75 to 150 feet of depth.  In volcanic regions this rate of increase may
be much greater.

DISTANCES  TO SOURCES OF CONTAMINATION
   All ground water sources should be located a safe distance from sources of contamina-
tion.  In cases where sources are severely limited, however,  a ground water aquifer  that
might  become contaminated may be considered  for a  water supply if treatment  is
provided.  After a decision has been made to use a water source in an area, it is necessary
to determine the direction of water movement and the distance the source should be from
the origin of contamination.   It should be noted that the direction of ground water flow
does not always follow the slope of the land surface. A determination of a safe distance
is based on specific local factors described in the section on "Sanitary Survey" in Part I of
this manual.
   Because many factors determine the "safe" distance between ground water and sources
of pollution, it is impractical to set fixed distances. The  table on the following page offers
guidance on  determining  safe  distances for wells.   Where sufficient  information  is
unavailable, the distance should be the maximum that economics, land ownership, geology,
and topography permit.  Each installation should be inspected by a person with sufficient
training and experience to evaluate all of the factors involved.
   Since safety of a ground water source depends primarily on considerations of good well
construction and geology, these should be the primary factors in determining safe distances
for  different locations.  The following criteria apply  only to properly constructed wells as
described in this manual. There is no "safe" distance for a poorly constructed well!
                                                                               31

-------
   When a properly constructed well penetrates an unconsolidated formation (sand, clay,
gravel) with good filtering properties, and when the aquifer itself is separated from sources
of contamination by similar materials, experience has demonstrated that 50 feet (or 15
meters) between the well and the source of potential contamination is adequate.  Shorter
distances should be accepted only after qualified state or local health agency officials have
conducted a comprehensive sanitary survey proving that shorter distances are safe.
   When wells must be constructed in consolidated formations (limestone, fractured rock,
lava formations, etc.), extra care should always be taken when locating the well and when
setting "safe" distances, since pollutants have been known to travel great distances in such
formations.  The owner should request assistance from the State or local health agency.
   If individuals propose to install a properly constructed well in formations of unknown
character, the State or U.S. Geological Survey and the State or local health agency should
be consulted.
   The following table is offered as a guide in determining safe distances for wells:
Formations
Favorable (unconsolidated)
Unknown
Poor (consolidated)
Minimum acceptable distance from
well to source of contamination
50 feet. Lesser distances only on health department
approval following comprehensive sanitary survey of
proposed site and immediate surroundings.
50 feet. Only after comprehensive geological survey of the
site and its surroundings has established, to the
satisfaction of the health agency, that favorable
formations do exist.
Safe distances can be established only following both
the comprehensive geological and comprehensive
sanitary surveys. These surveys also permit determining
the direction in which a well may be located
with respect to sources of contamination. In no case
should the acceptable distance be less than 50 feet.
EVALUATING CONTAMINATION  THREATS
   There are many sources of well contamination.  Understanding the risks of contamina-
tion and locating wells far enough from potential sources of contamination can not only
provide a safe, reliable  supply of drinking water, but reduce the cost of treatment.
Evaluating the following factors is the minimum action necessary to determine if a threat
to a well exists.
Contaminants
   Animal and human feces and toxic chemical wastes from plastics, solvents, pesticides,
paints, dyes, varnishes, ink and other organic contaminants can be serious health threats.
Other serious threats to human health can be agricultural chemicals such as pesticides and
fertilizers. Salts, detergents, and solvents can dissolve and react with the ground water and
migrate great distances with it. Many of these compounds are not removed by natural
filtration. Contaminants  of special concern are lead, radionuclides, bacteria, viruses, and
organic compounds.
   Lead.  Use of brass and other lead-containing materials in operating wells should be
avoided. Corrosive well water can corrode plumbing hi lead service lines and lead solders

32

-------
contribute to lead in drinking water.  Ingestion of large amounts of lead may cause
impaired blood formation, brain damage, increased blood pressure, premature birth, low
birth weight and nervous system disorders. Lead contamination especially poses serious
health threats to young children.
   Radionuclides. Radionuclides include naturally occurring substances that emit radiation
as they decay, primarily in systems using ground water. Radionuclides such as radium and
uranium in drinking water may be ingested into the body and cause cancer of the bone
and kidney.  Radon gas, which is dissolved in some ground waters, can be easily released
in household air, causing a greater risk of lung cancer.
   Bacteria and Viruses and Other Pathogens.  Microbiological contaminants may enter
ground  water and eventually drinking water  systems and  result  in  highly contagious
diseases. Symptoms of these diseases include nausea, vomiting, diarrhea  and abdominal
discomfort.
   Organic Compounds.  Other man-made organic materials may migrate from active or
abandoned industrial  waste  sites.  Many of these organic compounds migrate through
ground water and can cause serious health risks.
Underground Disposal
   Cesspools, septic systems, dry wells,  disposal and injection wells  of  non-hazardous
waste and hazardous waste, landfills, agricultural drainage, dumps and leaching pits  that
are in direct contact with the aquifer also increase the likelihood of contamination. This
can be directly, by a contaminant leaching into  the aquifer and into a drinking water well,
or indirectly by reducing the amount of soil filtering the contaminants and allowing them
to travel faster and further distances through the ground. In areas where direct disposal
of wastes into sink holes  or cavities (limestone  terrains) has occurred, the  risk of
contamination is also  increased.
Limited Filtration
   When materials  surrounding the  well and  overlying the  aquifer are  too coarse
(limestone with solution cavities, gravel, etc.) or too thin (less than two feet) to provide
effective filtration, the risk of contamination is increased. Lack of a fine grain surface
layer permits faster infiltration of storm water  and the contaminants dissolved in it.
Aquifer
   When the aquifer materials are too coarse to  provide good  filtration  (dissolved
limestone, fractured  rock,  etc.), contaminants entering the aquifer  may travel great
distances very rapidly.  Often the exact destination of contaminants may be difficult to
predict without the use of tracers.  In such cases it is important to know the direction of
ground water flow, and the locations of possible contamination sources in  order to locate
wells  "upstream" of the contamination or outside the contaminated flow path.
Flow Changes
   If large volumes of liquid waste are being discharged or ponded and are reaching the
aquifer, the slope of  the water table and direction of ground water movement can be
altered. Water withdrawal will also change the  direction and increase the speed of ground
water movement. Increased withdrawal of water from wells directly increases the speed
of ground water flow  and may, therefore, increase the likelihood of contamination.
Multiple Threats
   More than one source of contamination (e.g., domestic sewage and industrial wastes)
in an area increases the total pollution load in the aquifer system and increases the  risk
                                                                                33

-------
of contamination.  Also, interactions from different contaminants may in some instances
produce hazardous compounds that were not originally present, increasing  the risk to
public health.
Wellhead Protection Areas
   A wellhead protection area provides a protective barrier for the area surrounding a
well or well field supplying a water system. Ensuring protection of the well or wells from
possible contamination requires considerable investigation of the surface and ground water
flows around the wells and locating sources of potential contamination. A protection area
around a well should be a minimum  of 50 feet between the well and any form of potential
contamination, and can help ensure  a safe supply of drinking water.  Properly sealing the
well to prevent any pollutants or  rain water from entering the well and or selecting an
aquifer which  has no contamination sources "upstream" of the well  are also effective.
   As stated previously, if one plans to install a properly constructed well in a formation
of unknown character, the State, U.S. Geological Survey, or local health agency should be
consulted.  These agencies can also  provide advice on local groundwater  flows and areas
which should be avoided due to the potential for contamination.

DEVELOPMENT  OF GROUND  WATER
   Ground water development depends on the geological formations and hydrological
characteristics of the water-bearing formation.  The development of ground water falls into
two main categories:

   1.  Development by wells
       a.  Nonartesian or water  table
       b.  Artesian
   2.  Development from springs
       a.  Gravity
       b.  Artesian

Nonartesian Wells
   Nonartesian wells are those that  penetrate formations in which ground water is found
under water-table conditions.  Pumping the well lowers the water table near it, creating
a pressure difference and  causing water to flow toward the well.
Artesian Wells
   Artesian wells are those in which  the ground water is under pressure because it is
confined beneath an impermeable layer of material below the recharge area of the aquifer.
Intake or recharge areas are commonly at high-level surface outcrops of the formations.
Ground water flow occurs from high-level outcrop areas to low-level  outcrop areas—which
are areas of natural discharge. It  also  flows toward areas where water levels are lowered
artificially by pumping from wells. When the well water level is higher than the top of the
aquifer, the well is said to be artesian.  A well that yields water by artesian pressure at the
ground surface is a "flowing" artesian well.
Gravity Springs
   Gravity springs occur in places where water percolating through permeable material
that overlays an impermeable stratum comes to the  surface. They  also occur where the
land  surface intersects the water table.  This type  of spring is particularly sensitive to
34

-------
seasonal changes in ground water storage and frequently dwindles or disappears during
dry periods. Gravity springs are characteristically low-volume sources, but when properly
developed, they make satisfactory individual water supply systems.
Artesian Springs
   Artesian springs discharge from artesian aquifers. They may occur where the confining
impermeable formation is ruptured by a fault or where the  aquifer discharges to a lower
area.   The flow from these  springs depends on  differences in  recharge,  discharge
elevations and on the size of the openings transmitting the water. Artesian springs are
usually more dependable than gravity springs, but the former are particularly sensitive to
other wells being developed in the same aquifer. As a consequence, artesian springs may
be dried by pumping.
Seepage Springs
   Seepage springs are those in which the water flows (or  seeps) out of sand, gravel, or
other material containing many small openings.  This includes  many large and small
springs. Some large springs have extensive seepage areas and are usually marked by plant
growth. The water of small seepage springs may be colored  or carry an oily scum because
of decomposition of organic matter or the presence of iron.  Seepage springs may emerge
along the top of an impermeable bed, but they occur more commonly where  valleys are
cut into the zone of saturation of water-bearing areas.  These springs are generally free
from harmful bacteria, but they are susceptible to contamination by surface runoff which
collects in valleys or depressions.
Tubular Springs
   Tubular springs issue from relatively large channels, such as the solution channels from
caverns of limestone, soluble rocks or smaller channels that occur in glacial drift.  When
the water reaches the channels by percolation through sand or other fine-grained material,
it is usually free from contamination.  When the channels  receive surface water directly
or receive the indirect effluent of cesspools, privies, or septic tanks,  the water is usually
unsafe for consumption.
Fissure Springs
   Fissure springs issue along bedding, joint, cleavage, or fault planes. Then- distinguish-
ing feature is a break in the rocks along which the water passes.  Some of these springs
discharge uncontaminated water from deep sources. Many  thermal springs  are of this
type.  Fissure springs, however, may discharge water which is contaminated by drainage
close to the surface.
Pumping Effects
   When a well is pumped, the water level near the well is lowered (see Figure 2a). This
lowering or "drawdown" causes the water table or artesian pressure surface, depending on
the type of aquifer, to take the shape of an inverted cone called a "cone of depression".
This inverted cone, with the  well at the lowest point, is measured in terms of the
difference between the static water level and the pumping level. At  increasing
                                                                               35

-------
                              EFFECT OF PUMPING ON CONE OF DEPRESSION
                                                       -Discharge
              Ground Surface
                 • Discharge
EFFECT OF AQUIFtR MATERIAL ON CONE OF DEPRESSION
                                      Discharge
                                                                             Ground Surface
                         EFFECT OF OVERLAPPING FIELD OF INFLUENCE PUMPED WELLS
                                                                             Discharge
                          FIGURE 2. - Pumping effects on aquifers.
36

-------
distances from the well, the water level increases until it meets the static water table.  The
distance from the well at which this occurs is called "the radius of influence". The radius
of influence is not constant but tends to expand continuously with pumping. At a given
pumping rate, the shape of the cone  of depression depends on the characteristics of the
water-bearing formation. Shallow and wide cones will form in highly permeable aquifers
composed of coarse sands or gravel.   Steeper  and narrower cones will form in less
permeable aquifers. As the pumping rate increases, the drawdown increases; consequent-
ly, the slope of the cone gets deeper  and more narrow.
   The character of the aquifer-artesian or water table-and its physical characteristics
that affect the cone's shape include thickness, lateral extent, and the size and grading of
sands or gravels.  In a material of low permeability, such as fine sand or sandy clay, the
drawdown will be greater and the radius of influence  less than  from very coarse gravel
(see Figure 2b). For example, when other conditions are equal for two wells, expect that
pumping costs for the same pumping rate to be higher for the well surrounded by material
of lower permeability because of the greater drawdown.
   When the cones of depression of the two or more wells overlap, the local water table
will be lowered (see Figure 2c). This requires additional pumping lifts to obtain water
from the interior portion of the group of wells. A wider distribution of the wells over the
ground water basin will reduce the cost of pumping and will allow greater yield.
Yield of Wells
   The amount of water that can be  pumped from any well depends on the character of
the aquifer and the construction of the well. Contrary to popular belief,  doubling the
diameter of a well increases its yield only  about  10 percent; conversely, it decreases the
drawdown only about 10 percent for the same pumping rate. The casing diameter should
be chosen to provide space for proper installation of the pump.  Individual wells seldom
require casings larger than 6  inches, 4-inch wells are common.
   A more effective way of increasing well capacity is by drilling deeper into the aquifer-
provided that the aquifer is deep enough. Also, the  inlet portion of the well (screen,
perforations, slots)  is important in determining  the yield of a well in a sand or gravel
formation. The amount of "open area" in the screened or perforated portion exposed to
the aquifer is critical.  Wells  completed in consolidated formations are usually of open-
hole construction; there is no casing  in the aquifer.
   It is sometimes difficult to accurately predict a well's yield before its completion.
Studying the geology of the area and interpreting the results obtained from nearby wells
gives some indication.  This information will be helpful in selecting the location and type
of well most likely to be successful. The information can also provide an indication of the
yield to expect from a well.
   A common way to describe a well's yield is to  express its discharge capacity in relation
to its  drawdown.  This relationship  is called "the specific capacity" of the well and is
expressed in "gallons per minute (gpm) per foot of drawdown." The specific capacity may
range from less than 1 gpm per foot of drawdown for a poorly developed well-especially
one  in a "tight" aquifer-to more than 100 gpm per foot of drawdown for a properly
developed well in a highly permeable aquifer.
   Dug wells can be sunk only a few feet below the water table.  This seriously limits
drawdown during pumping, which in turn limits the yield of the well. A dug well that taps
a highly permeable formation, like gravel, may yield 10 to 30 gpm or more with only 2 or
                                                                               37

-------
3 feet of drawdown. If the formation is primarily fine sand, the yield may be on the order
of 2 to 10 gpm.  These results refer to dug wells of common size.
   Like dug wells, bored wells can also be sunk only a limited depth below the static
water level-probably 5 to 10 feet into  the water-bearing formation.   If the  well is
nonartesian, the drawdown should not be more than 2 or  3  feet.  If the  well taps an
artesian aquifer, however, the static water level will rise to some point above the aquifer.
The available drawdown and the well's yield will then be increased. A bored well that taps
a highly permeable aquifer and provides several feet of available drawdown may yield 20
gpm or more. If the aquifer has a low permeability or the water is shallow, the yield may
be much lower.
   Driven wells can be sunk to as much as 30 feet or more  below the static water level.
A well at this depth  provides 20 feet or more of drawdown. The well's small diameter
limits the type of pump that can be employed, so that under favorable conditions, the yield
is limited to about 30 gpm. In fine sand or sandy clay formations of limited thickness, the
yield may be  less than 5 gpm.
   Drilled and jetted wells can usually be sunk to such depths that the depth of the well's
standing water and the available drawdown will vary from less than 10 to hundreds of feet.
In productive formations of considerable thickness, yields of 300 gpm and more are readily
attained. Drilled wells can be constructed in all instances where driven wells are used and
in many areas where dug and bored  wells are constructed.  The larger diameter of a
drilled well-compared with that of a driven well-permits the  use  of  larger pumping
equipment which can develop the aquifer's full capacity.   Again, a  well's yield varies
greatly depending on the permeability  and thickness of the formation, the construction of
the well, and the available drawdown.
   Table 5 provides details about penetrating various types of geologic formations by the
methods indicated.
Preparation of Ground Surface at Well Site
   A properly constructed well should exclude surface water from a ground water source
to the same degree as the natural undisturbed geologic formation.  The top of the well
must be constructed  so that  no  foreign matter or  surface water enters.  The well site
should be properly  drained  and adequately protected  against erosion,  flooding, and
damage or contamination from animals.  Surface drainage should be diverted from the
well.

CONSTRUCTION  OF WELLS
Dug Wells
   Constructed  by hand, the  dug well is usually shallow. It is more difficult to protect
from contamination, although, if finished properly, may provide  a satisfactory water supply.
Because of advantages offered by other types of wells, dug wells should not be considered
if it is possible to construct one of the other wells described later in this section.
   Dug wells are usually excavated with pick and shovel. Workers can lift the excavated
material to the surface with a bucket attached to a windlass or hoist. A power-operated
clam shell or  orange peel bucket may be used in holes greater than 3 feet in diameter
where the material is principally gravel or sand.  In dense clays or cemented materials,
pneumatic hand tools are effective means of excavation.
38

-------
TABLE 5. - Suitability of well construction methods to different geological conditions.
Characteristics
: Range of practical depths
Diameter
Type of geologic formation:
; day
Silt
: Sand
Gravel
Cemented Gravel
Boulders


; Sandstone
! Limestone
Dense igneous rock
Dug
0-50 feet
3-20 feet
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes


Yes, if soft
and/or
fractured
No
Bored
0-100 feet
2-30 inches
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes, if less
than well
diameter
Yes, if soft
and/or
fractured
No
Driven
0-50 feet
1.25-2 inches
Yes
Yes
Yes
Fine
No
No


Thin layers
No
No
Jetted
0-100 feet
2-12 inches
Yes
Yes
Yes
1/4" pea gravel
No
No


No
No
No
Characteristics
Range of practical depths
Diameter
Type of geologic formation:
= Clay
Silt
Sand
Gravel
Cemented Gravel
Boulders

Sandstone
Limestone
Dense igneous rock
Drilled
Percussion
0-1,000 feet
4-18 inches
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes, when in
firm bedding
Yes
Yes
Yes
Rotary
Hydraulic
0-1,000 feet
4-24 inches
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
(Difficult)

Yes
Yes
Yes
Air
0.750 feet
4-10 inches
NO : ..
No
No
No
No
No

Yes
Yes
Yes
       Flow pressure is the pressure in the supply near the faucet or water outlet while the faucet or water
       outlet is wide open and flowing.
                                                                                        39

-------
   To prevent the native material from caving, place "a crib" or lining in the excavation
and  move  it downward  as  the  pit deepens.  The space between the lining and  the
undisturbed embankment should be backfilled with clean material.  In the region of
water-bearing formations, the backfilled material should be sand or gravel. Place cement
grout to a depth of 10 feet below the ground surface to prevent entrance of surface water
along the well lining.
   Depending on the availability of materials and labor cost, dug wells may be lined with
brick, stone or  concrete.  Pre-cast concrete pipe, available hi a wide range of sizes,
provides an excellent lining.  This lining can be used as a crib as the pit deepens. When
using the lining as a crib, a concrete pipe with tongue-and-groove joints and smooth
exterior surface  is preferred (see Figure 3).
   Bell and spigot pipe may be used for a lining where it can be placed inside the crib or
in an unsupported pit. This type of pipe requires careful backfilling to guarantee a tight
well near the surface.  The primary factor in preventing contaminated water from entering
a dug well is the sealing of the well lining and preventing seepage of surface water at and
near the well.
   Most dug wells do not penetrate far below the water table because of the difficulty of
manual excavation including handling cribs and linings. The depth  of excavation can be
increased by using pumps to lower the water level during construction.  Because of their
shallow penetration into the zone of saturation, many dug wells fail in times of drought
when the water level recedes or when large quantities of water are pumped from the wells.
Bored Wells
   Bored wells are commonly constructed with earth augers turned either by hand or by
power equipment.  Constructing such wells is feasible at depths of less than 100 feet
provided the water requirement is  low and the overlying material  has  non-caving
properties and contains few large boulders. In suitable material, holes from 2 to 30 inches
in diameter can be bored to about 100 feet without caving in. In general, bored wells have
the  same  characteristics  as dug wells,  but they may be extended  deeper into  the
water-bearing formation.
   Bored wells may be cased with vitrified tile, concrete pipe, standard wrought iron pipe,
steel casing, or other suitable material capable of sustaining imposed loads. The well may
be completed by installing well screens or perforated casing in the water-bearing sand and
gravel. Provide proper protection from surface drainage by sealing the casing with cement
grout to the depth necessary to protect the well from contamination (see Appendix F).
Driven Wells
   The simplest and least expensive of all wells is the driven well.  It is constructed by
driving a drive-well point into the ground which is fitted to the end of a series of pipe
sections (see Figures 4 and 5) made of forged or cast steel.  Drive points are usually 1  1/4
or 2 inches in diameter.  The well  is driven with the aid of a maul, or a special drive
weight (see Figure 5).  For deeper wells, the well points are sometimes driven into
water-bearing strata from the bottom of a bored or dug well (see Figure 6). The yield of
driven wells is usually small to moderate.  If  they can be  driven an appreciable depth
below the water table, they are no more  likely than bored wells to be seriously affected
by water-table fluctuations.  The most suitable locations for driven wells are areas
40

-------
Note-.
  Pump screen to be
  placed below point
  of maximum draw-down
                         Pump Unit
           Sanitary Well Seal

    Cobble Drain
Reinforced Concrete
Cover Slab Sloped
Away From Pump
                                                   Water-8«*rinj^fi ravel
         FIGURE 3. - Dug well with two-pipe jet pump installation.
                                                                                       41

-------
                        Galvanized
                        Steel Alloy,or
                        Stainless Steel
                        Construction
                        Throughout
              Continuous
              Slot Type
Brass Jacket
Type
Brass Tube
Type
                  FIGURE 4. - Different lands of drive-wettpoints.

containing alluvial deposits of high permeability. The presence of coarse gravels, cobbles,
or boulders interferes with sinking the well point and may damage the wire mesh jacket.
   Well-drive points come in a variety of designs and materials (see Figure 6). In general,
the efficiency and serviceability of each is related to its basic design. The continuous-slot,
wire-wound type is more resistant to corrosion and can usually be treated with chemicals
to correct problems of encrustation.  It is more efficient because of itsgreater open area,
and is easier to develop because its design permits  easy access for cleanup. Another type
has a metal  gauze  wrapped around a perforated steel pipe base and covered by a
perforated jacket. If it contains dissimilar metals, electrolytic corrosion is likely to shorten
its life-espetially in  corrosive waters.
   Wherever maximum  capacity is required,  well-drive points  of good design are a
worthwhile investment. The manufacturers should be consulted for their recommendation
of the metal alloy best suited to each situation.
42

-------
43

-------
            Single Pipe (shallow well)
            Jet Pump


       Sheet Plastic Separator
                                                                Reinforced Concrete
                                                                Cover Slab Sloped
                                                                Away From Pump
               ^-W^^J^^^.^ ^.^U^XlLWjSi^ttA*. ^fo-MX^ ff- ! " 'jitj Ijj^ttVi-
                                                                -gear i ng Sa n
-------
   Good drive-well points are available with different size openings, or slot sizes, for use
in sands of different grain sizes. If too large a slot size is used, it may never be possible
to develop the well properly, and the well is likely to be a "sand pumper," or gradually to
fill in with sand, cutting off the flow of water from the aquifer. On the other hand, if the
slot  size  chosen is  too small, it may  be difficult to  improve the well capacity by
development, and the yield may be too low.  When the nature  of aquifer  sand is not
known, a medium-sized slot--0.015 inch or 0.020 inch-can be tried. If sand and sediments
continue to pass through the slots during development, a smaller slot size should be used.
If, however, the water clears very quickly with little sand and  sediment having been
removed during development (less than one-third of the volume of the drive point) then
a larger slot size could have been selected, which would have resulted in more complete
development and greater well yield.
   When driving a well, prepare a pilot hole that extends to the maximum practical depth.
This can be done with a hand auger sightly larger than the well point. After the pilot hole
has been prepared, lower the assembled point and pipe into the hole.  Depending on the
resistance of the formation, driving is accomplished in several ways.  The pipe is driven
by directly striking the  drive cap, which  is  snugly threaded to the top of the protruding
section of the pipe. A maul, a sledge, or a "special driver" may be used to hand-drive the
pipe. The special driver may consist of a weight and sleeve arrangement that slides over
the drive cap as the  weight  is lifted and dropped in the driving process (see Figure 5).
Jetted Wells
   A rapid and efficient method  of sinking  well points is jetting or washing-in.  This
method requires a source of water  and a pressure pump.  Water is forced under pressure
down the  riser pipe and comes out  from a special washing point. The well point and pipe
is lowered as material is loosened  by the jetting action of the water.
   Often, the riser pipe of a jetted well is used as the suction pipe for the pump.  In such
instances, surface water may be drawn into the well if the pipe develops holes. An outside
protective casing may be installed to the depth necessary to provide protection against the
possible entry of contaminated surface water.  The space between the two casings should
then be filled with cement grout. It is best to install the protective  casing in an auger hole
and to drive the drive point inside it.
Drilled Wells
   Construction of a drilled well (see Figure 7) is ordinarily accomplished by one of two
techniques:  percussion or  rotary  hydraulic drilling.  Selection of the method depends
primarily  on the site's geology and the availability of equipment.
   Percussion  (Cable-Tool)  Method.  Drilling by the cable-tool or percussion method is
done by raising and  dropping a heavy drill bit and stem. The impact of the bit  crushes
and dislodges pieces of the formation.  The reciprocating motion  of the drill tools mixes
the drill cuttings with water into a slurry at the bottom of the hole. This is periodically
brought to the  surface with a bailer, a 10- to  20-foot-long pipe equipped with  a valve at
the lower end.  Caving is prevented as drilling progresses by driving or sinking a casing
sightly larger in diameter than the bit.  When wells are drilled in hard rock, casing is
usually necessary only when drilling through layers of unconsolidated material. A casing
may sometimes be necessary in hard rock formations to prevent caving of softer material.
                                                                                45

-------
                               Plug
                                         Discharge
 Ground Surface Sloped
 to Drain Away from Well
                         Air Vent
               FIGURE 7. - Drilled well with submersible pump.
46

-------
   When good drilling practices are followed, water-bearing beds are readily detected in
cable-tool holes, because the slurry does not tend to seal off the water-bearing formation.
A rise or fall in the water level in the hole during drilling, or increased recovery water
during bailing, indicates that the well has entered a permeable bed.  Crevices or soft
streaks in hard formations are often water bearing. Sand, gravel, limestone, and sandstone
are generally permeable and yield the most water.
   Hydraulic Rotary Drilling Method.  The hydraulic rotary drilling method may be used
in most formations. The essential parts of the drilling assembly include a derrick and
hoist, a revolving table through which the drill pipe passes, a series of drill-pipe sections,
a cutting bit at the lower end of the drill pipe, a pump for circulation of drilling fluid, and
a power source to drive the drill.
   In the drilling operation, the bit breaks up the material as it rotates and advances.  The
drilling fluid (called mud) pumped down the drill pipe picks up the drill cuttings and
carries them up the space between the rotating pipe and the wall of the hole. The mixture
of mud and cuttings is discharged to a settling pit where the cuttings drop to the bottom
and mud is recirculated to the drill pipe.
   When the hole is completed, the drill pipe is withdrawn and the casing placed.  The
drilling mud is usually  left in  place and  pumped out after the casing and screen are
positioned.  The space between the hole wall and the casing is generally filled with cement
grout in non-water-bearing sections, but may be enlarged and filled with gravel at the level
of water-bearing strata.
   When little is known about the geology of the area,  the search for water-bearing
formations must be careful and deliberate-locating and testing all possible formations.
Water-bearing formations may be difficult to recognize by the rotary method or may be
plugged by the pressure of the  mud.
   Air Rotary Drilling Method.  The air rotary method is similar to the rotary hydraulic
method in  that the same type of drilling machine and tools may be used. The principal
difference is that air is used rather than mud or water.  In place of the conventional mud
pump used to circulate the fluids, air compressors are employed.
   The air rotary method is well adapted to rapid penetration of consolidated formations,
and is especially popular in regions where limestone  is the principal source of water. It
is  not generally suited  to unconsolidated  formations  where careful sampling of rock
materials is required for well-screen installation.  Small quantities of water can be detected
readily during  drilling,  and the yield estimated.  Larger  sources of water may slow
progress.
   The air  rotary method requires that air be supplied at pressures from  100 to 250
pounds per square inch. To remove the cuttings, upward air velocities of at least 3,000
feet per minute are necessary.  Penetration rates of 20 to 30 feet per hour in very hard
rock are common with air rotary methods.  Conventional mud drilling is sometimes used
to drill through soft formations that overlie bedrock.  Casing may have to be installed
through those formations before continuing with the  air rotary method.
   Down-the-Hole Air Hammer.  The  down-hole pneumatic hammer combines the
hammering effect of cable-tool drilling and the circular movement of rotary drilling.  The
tool bit is equipped with tungsten-carbide inserts at the cutting surfaces. Tungsten-carbide
is very resistant to abrasion.
                                                                                47

-------
Water Well Casing and Pipe
   Several kinds of steel pipe are suitable for casing drilled wells. The following are the
most commonly used:

     -  Standard Pipe
     -  Line Pipe
     -  Drive Pipe
     -  Reamed and Drifted (R&D) Pipe
     -  Water Well Casing

   For these there are different sizes, wall thicknesses, types of threaded connections
available and methods of manufacture. The important thing for the owner to check is that
they meet generally accepted specifications for quality of the steel and thickness of the
wall. Both are important because they determine resistance to corrosion, and consequent-
ly the useful life of the well.  Strength of the casing may also be important in determining
whether  certain well construction procedures may be  successfully carried out.  This is
particularly important in cable-tool drilling where hard driving the casing is sometimes
necessary.
   The most commonly accepted specifications for water well casing are those prepared
by the following:

       American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
       American Petroleum Institute (API)
       American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)
       Federal Government

   Each source lists several specifications that might be used, but those most likely to be
called for are ASTM A-120 and A-53, API 5-L, AISI Standard for R&D pipe, and Federal
specification WW-P-406B.  States may require certain well designs and/or materials, so
the reader is advised to check with the appropriate agencies to determine the require-
ments.
   Table 6 lists "standard weight" wall thicknesses for standard pipe and line pipe through
the sizes ordinarily used in well construction.  Thinner pipe should not be used.  If
conditions  in the  area  are known to be highly corrosive, the "extra strong" and heavier
weights should be used.
Setting Screens or Slotted  Casings
   Screens or slotted casings are installed in wells to permit sand-free water to flow into
the well  and to prevent unstable formations from caving in. The size of the slot for the
screen or perforated pipe should be based on a sieve analysis of carefully selected samples
of the water-bearing formation. The analysis is usually made by the screen manufacturer.
If the slot size is too large,  the well may pump sand. If the slots are too small, they may
become plugged with fine material and reduce its yield. With  a  drilled well, the screens
are normally placed after the casing has been installed.  But in a driven well, the screen
is a part of the drive assembly and is sunk to its final position  as the well is driven.
48

-------
         TABLE 6. - Steel pipe and casing, standard and standard line pipe.
Nominal
size
(inches)
M/4
1-1/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
&
10
10
10
12
12
Diameters
Outside
1.660
1.900
2375
3.500
4300
5363
6.625
8.625
8.625
10.750
10,750
10.750
12.750
12.750
Inside
1.380
1.610
ZQ67
3.068
4.026
5.047
6.065
8.071
7.981
10.192
10,136
10.020
12.090
12.000
Wall
thickness
(inches)
.140
.145
.154
.216
.237
.258
.280
.277
522
.279
307
.365
330
.375
Approximate weight (Ib./ft.)
Plain ends
2.27
2.72
3.65
738
W.T9
14.62
18.97
24.70
2835
31.20
3424
40.48
43.77
4936
Threaded
coupled
230
2.75
3.75
7.70
11.00
15.00
19.45
2535
2935
32.75
35,75
41.85
45/45
51.10
   Consider the relationship between the open area of the screen and the velocity of
water through the openings if maximum hydraulic efficiency is desired.  Keep loss of
energy through friction to a minimum by holding velocities to 0.1 foot per second or less.
Since the slot size is determined by the grain-size distribution in the aquifer  sand, the
required open area must be obtained by varying the diameter-or, if aquifer thickness
permits-the length of the screen.   Manufacturers of well screens provide  tables of
capacities and other information to aid in
selecting the most economical screen dimensions.  Note that a screen is seldom required
in wells tapping bedrock or tightly cemented sediments such as sandstone or limestone.
   Methods for installing screens in drilled wells include (1) the pullback method, (2) the
open-hole method, and (3) the baildown method.  The pullback method of installation is
one in which the casing is drawn back to expose a well screen placed inside the casing at
the bottom of the well. In the open-hole installation, the screen attached to the casing is
inserted in the un-cased bottom part of the hole when the aquifer portion of the hole
remains open.  When the  baildown method is employed,  the screen is placed at the
bottom of the cased hole and advanced into the water-bearing formation by bailing the
sand out from below the screen.
   The "pullback" method is suited to bored or drilled wells, as long as the casing can be
moved, while the "open-hole" method is used in most instances with rotary drilling. The
"baildown" method may be used in wells drilled by any method  where water-bearing
formations consist of sand.  It is not well adapted to gravel formations.
   A fourth method,  used primarily in rotary drilled  holes, is the wash-down method.
This procedure involves the circulation of water through a self-closing  bottom, upward
around the screen and through the space between the wash-pipe and the permanent casing
to the surface. This is accomplished with the help of a mud pump.  As material is washed
by jet action from below it, the well screen settles to its desired position.
                                                                               49

-------
   If the screen is placed after positioning the casing, it must be firmly sealed to the
casing. This is done by spreading out a packer attached to the top of the screen. When
the pullback method of installation is employed, a closed bail bottom usually provides the
bottom closure.  When  the pullback method is used, a self-closing bottom serves this
purpose.  But when the baildown method is used, a special plug is placed in the bottom.
A small bag of dry cement may be  dumped into the bottom of the screen to seal it.
Development of Wells
   Before a well is operational, it is necessary to remove all of the silt and fine sand next
to the  well screen by one of several processes known as "development". Development
unplugs the formation and produces a natural filter of coarser and more uniform particles
of high permeability surrounding the well screen. After the development is completed, a
well-graded, stabilized layer of coarse material will entirely surround the well screen and
facilitate the flow of water into the well.
   The simplest method of well development is that of surging.  In  this process, the silt
and sand grains are agitated by a series of rapid reversals in the direction of flow of water
and are drawn toward the screen through larger pore openings. A well may be surged by
moving a plunger up and down in it. This action moves the water alternately into and out
of the formation. When water containing fine granular material flows into the well, the
particles settle to the bottom  of the screen.  They then can be removed by pumping or
bailing.
   One of the most effective methods of development is the high-velocity hydraulic-jetting
method. Water under pressure is ejected through the slot openings and violently agitates
aquifer material. Sand grains finer  than the slot size move through the screen and either
settle to the bottom of the well (from which they are removed by bailing) or are washed
out at  the top.  Conventional centrifugal, piston pumps, or the mud pump of the rotary
hydraulic drill can easily accomplish this.  Pressures of at least 100 psi should be used,
with pressure greater than 150 psi preferred. This method has the additional advantage
of permitting development  of those portions of the screen most in need.  For screens
having continuous horizontal slot design, high-velocity jetting is most beneficial. It has also
proven effective in washing out drilling mud and crevice cuttings in hard-rock wells. But
it is less useful in slotted or perforated pipe.
   Other methods of development include "interrupted pumping" and, explosives-used
only in consolidated material and then only by experts. To insure proper well  develop-
ment, match the method of development to the aquifer and the type of well.
Testing Well for Yield and Drawdown
   To select the most suitable pumping equipment, a pumping test should be made after
the well has been developed to determine its yield and drawdown.
The pumping test for yield and drawdown  should include the following:

       A determination of the volume of water pumped per minute or hour.
       The depth to the pumping level as determined over a period of time at one or
       more constant rates of pumping.
       The recovery of the water level after pumping is  stopped.
       The length of time the well is pumped at each rate during the test procedure.
50

-------
   When the completed well is tested for yield and drawdown, it is essential that it be
done accurately by using approved measuring devices and accepted methods.  Additional
information regarding the testing of wells for yield and drawdown may be obtained from
the U.S. Geological Survey  (USGS), the state or  local health  department, and the
manufacturers of well screens and pumping equipment.
   Water-table wells are  more affected than artesian wells by seasonal fluctuations  in
ground water levels. When testing a water-table well for yield and drawdown, it is best,
but not always possible, to test it near the end of the dry season.  When this cannot be
done, it is important to estimate the additional seasonal decline in water level from other
wells tapping the same formations.  This additional decline should then be added to the
drawdown determined by the pumping test in order to arrive  at the maximum pumping
water level.  Seasonal declines of several feet in water-table wells are not unusual, and can
seriously reduce the capacity of such wells in the dry season.
   Individual wells should be test pumped at a constant pumping rate that is not less than
that planned for the final pump installation.  The well should be pumped at this rate for
not less than 4 hours, and the maximum drawdown recorded. Measurements of the water
levels after pumping can then be made. Failure to recover completely to the original static
water level within 24 hours is sufficient reason to question the dependability of the aquifer.
Well Failure
   Over a period of time, wells may fail to produce for any of these causes:

   1.  Failure or wear  of the pump.
   2.  Declining water levels.
   3.  Plugged  or corroded screens.
   4.  Accumulation of sand or sediments in the well.

   Proper analysis of the cause requires measuring the water level before, during, and
after pumping.  To facilitate measuring the water level, provide for the entrance of a tape
or an electrical measuring device into the well in the space between the well casing and
the pump column (Figures 7 and 8).
   Use an "air line" with a water-depth indicating gauge (available from pump suppliers).
On some larger wells, the air line and gauge are left so that periodic readings can be
taken and a record kept  of well and pump performance.  While not as accurate as the tape
or electrode method, this installation is popular for use in a well that is being pumped,
because it is unaffected by water that may be falling from above.
   Unless the well is the  pitless adapter or pitless unit type, gain access for water-level
measurements through a threaded hole in the sanitary well seal (Figures 8 and 9).  This
is possible for submersible and jet pump installations, as well as for some others.  If it is
not possible to gain access through the top of the well, do so by means of a pipe welded
to the side of the casing.
   If the well is completed as a pitless adapter installation, it  is usually possible to slide
the measuring device past the adapter assembly inside the casing and on to the water
below.  If it is a pitless unit, particularly the "spool" type,  it will probably not  be possible
to reach the water level. In the latter case, the well can only  be tested by removing the
spool and pump and reinstalling that pump, or another one, without the spool.
                                                                               51

-------
                "Pumped
                 Water"
                 Pipe
"Drive Water"
 Pipe
                FIGURE 8. - Well seal for jet pump installation.


   Any work performed within the well-including insertion of a measuring line-is likely
to contaminate the water with coliform bacteria and other organisms.  Before returning
the well to service,  it should be disinfected.  Tightly plug or cover all access  holes
following the work.

SANITARY CONSTRUCTION  OF WELLS
   The penetration of a water-bearing formation by a well provides a direct route for
possible contamination of the drinking water source.  Although there are different types
of wells and well construction, basic sanitary guidelines must be followed (state well codes
may be more specific than the following):

   1.  Fill the open space outside the casing with a watertight cement grout or puddled
       clay from a point just below the frost line, or deepest level of excavation near the
       well (see "Pitless Units and Adapters," Page 122),  to as deep as is necessary to
       prevent entry of surface water.  See appendix F for grouting recommendations.
52

-------
                                                Pipe Plug
                            Drop  Pipe from
                            Submersible
                            Pump
                                               Submersible
                                               Pump Cable
   3.
   4.
         FIGURE 9. - Well seal for submersible puny  installation.

For artesian aquifers, seal the casing into the overlying impermeable formations
to retain the artesian pressure.
When a water-bearing formation containing poor-quality water is penetrated, seal
off the formation to prevent the infiltration of water into the well and aquifer.
Install a sanitary well seal with an approved vent at the top of the well casing to
prevent the entrance of contaminated water or other objectionable material.
   For large-diameter wells, such as dug wells, it is difficult to provide a sanitary well seal.
In such cases, install a reinforced concrete slab, overlapping the casing and sealed to it
                                                                                   53

-------
with a flexible sealant or rubber gasket. The space outside the casing should first be filled
with a suitable grouting or sealing material.
Well Covers and Seals
   Every well should be fitted with an overlapping, tight-fitting cover at the top of the
casing or pipe sleeve to prevent contaminated water or other material from entering the
well.
   The sanitary well seal in a well exposed to possible flooding should be either watertight
or elevated at least 2 feet above the highest known flood level.  When it is expected that
a well seal may be flooded, it should be watertight and equipped with a vent line whose
opening to the air is at least 2 feet above the highest known flood level.
   The seal in a well not exposed to possible flooding should be either  watertight (with
an approved vent line) or self-draining with an overlapping and downward flange. If the
seal is of the self-draining (non-watertight) type, all openings in the cover should be either
watertight or flanged upward and provided with overlapping, downward- flanged covers.
   Some pump  and power units have closed bases that effectively seal the upper end  of
the well casing.  When the unit is the open  type, or when it is located  at  the side
(including some jet and suction-pump type installations), it is especially important that a
sanitary  well  seal  be  used.   There  are several  acceptable  designs consisting of an
expandable neoprene gasket compressed between two steel plates (see Figures 8 and 9).
They are easily installed and  removed  for well servicing.  Pump  and well suppliers
normally stock sanitary well seals.
   If the pump is not installed immediately after well drilling and placement of the casing,
the top of the casing should be closed with a metal cap screwed or tack-welded into place,
or covered with a sanitary well seal.
   A well slab alone is not an effective sanitary defense, since  it can be undermined by
burrowing animals and insects, cracked from settlement or frost heave, or broken by
vehicles and vibrating machinery. The cement grout formation seal is far more effective.
Note, however, that some situations call for a concrete slab or floor around the well casing
to facilitate cleaning and improve appearance.  When  such a floor is necessary, it should
be placed only after the formation seal and the pitless installation have been inspected.
   Well covers and pump platforms should be elevated above the adjacent finished ground
level.  Construct pump room floors of reinforced, watertight concrete,  that is  carefully
leveled or sloped away from the well so that surface and waste water will not stand near
the well. The minimum thickness of such a slab or floor should be 4 inches.  Concrete
slabs or floors should be poured separately from the cement-formation seal.  When there
is the threat of freezing, insulate them from the well casing with a plastic or mastic coating
or sleeve to prevent bonding of the concrete to either.
   All water wells should be readily  accessible at the top for inspection, servicing, and
testing.  This requires that any structure over the well be easy to remove, providing full,
unobstructed access for well-servicing equipment.  The so-called "buried  seal," with the
well cover buried under several feet of earth, is unacceptable because (1) it discourages
periodic inspection and preventive maintenance, (2) it makes severe contamination during
pump servicing and well repair more likely, (3)  well servicing is more costly,  and (4)
excavation to expose the top of  the well increases the risk of damage to the  well, the
cover, the vent and the electrical connections.
54

-------
Disinfection of Wells
   All newly constructed wells should be disinfected to neutralize any contamination from
equipment, material, or surface drainage introduced during construction.  Disinfection
should be done promptly after construction or repair. State requirements may apply for
disinfection of wells and need to be considered.
   An effective and economical method of disinfecting wells and well equipment is the use
of a calcium hypochlorite solution containing approximately 70 percent available chlorine.
This chemical can be purchased in granular or tablet form at hardware stores, swimming
pool equipment supply outlets, or chemical supply houses.  When disinfecting wells, add
calcium hypochlorite in sufficient amounts to provide a dosage of approximately 100 mg/L
of available chlorine in  the well water.  This  concentration is  roughly equivalent to a
mixture of 2 ounces of dry chemical per  100 gallons of water to be disinfected.
   Practical disinfection requires the use of a stock solution. The stock solution may be
prepared by mixing 2 ounces of high-test hypochlorite with 2 quarts of water. The solution
should be prepared in a thoroughly clean utensil, avoiding metal  containers if possible
because  strong chlorine solutions  will corrode them.  Crockery, glass, or rubber-lined
containers are recommended. First add a small amount of water to the granular  calcium
hypochlorite  and mix it to a smooth, watery  lump-free paste.  Then mix it with the
remaining quantity of water.  This stock solution should be mixed thoroughly for 10 to 15
minutes before allowing the inert ingredients to settle.  The clearer liquid which contains
the chlorine should be used and the sediment discarded.  Each 2 quarts of stock solution
provides a concentration of approximately 100 mg/L when added to 100 gallons of water.
   When only  small quantities of disinfectant are required and a scale is unavailable,
measure dry chemicals with a spoon. A heaping tablespoonful of  granular  calcium
hypochlorite weighs approximately 1/2 ounce.
   When calcium hypochlorite is unavailable, other sources of available chlorine, such as
sodium  hypochlorite  (12  to 15 percent  of volume)  can  be used.   Dilute  sodium
hypochlorite, which is commercially available with 5.25 percent available chlorine, with one
part of  water  to produce  the  stock  solution.  Use two  quarts  of this solution for
disinfecting 100 gallons of water.
   Unless properly stored, stock solutions of chlorine in any form will deteriorate rapidly.
Store in  dark glass or plastic bottles with airtight caps. Keep bottles of the solution in a
cool place and away from direct sunlight.  If  proper storage facilities are unavailable,
always prepare fresh solution immediately before use.  Because of its convenience and
consistency of concentration and strength, commercial sodium hypochlorite solution is
preferred as a stock solution for disinfecting individual water supplies.
   Table 7  shows quantities of disinfectants  required  for treating wells  of different
diameters and water depths.  For sizes or depths not shown, the next larger figure should
be used.
   Dug Wells.  The disinfection procedure for dug wells  is as follows:

   1.  After completing the casing or lining, follow the procedure outlined below before
       placing the cover platform over the well.
       a.  Remove  all equipment  and materials, including  tools,  forms,
           platforms, etc., that will not be a permanent part of the completed
           structure.
                                                                                 55

-------
      O),
             .2
             •3
             o.S
                  jsl
                  EH
                    W-
                  < CO
                           & O
                           «*
§0*
                           S O1
                             *
                        o
                      S*tJ
                      < oa
                           /> rt
                          N
                          o
                         00
                                                < oa
                                                      o
                                                    o -v
                              sg
                                                    to .J=
                                                                  -u
                                                                 _  U o

                                                                 C> rt tt
56

-------
       b.  Using a stiff broom or brush, wash the interior wall of the casing
           or lining with a strong solution (100 mg/L of chlorine) to insure
           thorough cleaning.
   2.  Place the cover over the well and pour the required amount of chlorine solution
       as described above into the well through the manhole or pipe sleeve opening just
       before inserting  the  pump cylinder  and drop-pipe assembly.   Distribute the
       chlorine solution over as much surface area as possible to get the best distribution
       of the chemical in the water. Running the solution into the well through the water
       hose or  pipeline  while the  line is  being  raised and lowered will insure better
       distribution.
   3.  Wash the exterior surface of the pump cylinder and drop pipe with the  chlorine
       solution as the assembly is being lowered  into the well.
   4.  After the pump is positioned, pump water from the well until  a  strong odor of
       chlorine  is noted.
   5.  Allow the chlorine solution to remain in the well at least 24 hours.
   6.  After 24 hours or more have elapsed, flush the  well to  remove  all traces of
       chlorine.

   Drilled, Driven, and Bored Wells. The procedure for disinfection of drilled,  driven and
bored wells are as follows:

   1.  When testing the well for yield, operate the test pump until the well water is as
       clear  and as free  from turbidity as possible.
   2.  After removing the testing equipment, slowly pour the required amount  of chlorine
       solution  into the  well just before installing the permanent pumping equipment.
       Achieve best distribution of the solution with the well water by following Item 2
       guidelines above, under "Dug Wells."
   3.  Add 5 or 10 gallons of clean, chlorinated water (see Table 7) to the well to force
       the solution out into the formation.  One-half teaspoon of calcium hypochlorite or
       one-half cup of liquid sodium hypochlorite in 5 gallons of water is enough for this.
   4.  Wash the exterior surface of the pump cylinder and drop pipe as they are lowered
       into the well.
   5.  After positioning the pump, operate the pump until detecting a distinct odor of
       chlorine La the water.
   6.  Allow the chlorine solution to remain in the well for at least 24 hours.
   7.  After disinfection, pump the well until the odor of chlorine is gone.

   In the case of deep wells having a high water level, it may be necessary to resort to
special methods of introducing the disinfecting  agent into the well to insure the best
distribution of chlorine throughout the well.
   Place the  granulated calcium hypochlorite in a short section  of pipe capped at both
ends. Drill a few small holes through each cap or into the sides of the pipe.  Fit one of
the caps with an eye for attaching a suitable cable.  The disinfecting agent is distributed
when the pipe section is lowered or raised throughout the depth of the water.
   Flowing Artesian Wells.  The water from flowing artesian wells is generally free  from
contamination as soon as the well is completed or after it has been allowed to flow a short
                                                                                57

-------
time. It is not generally necessary to disinfect flowing wells.  If, however, analyses show
persistent contamination, the well should be thoroughly disinfected according to the
following guidelines.
   Use a device such  as the pipe  described in the preceding section (or any  other
appropriate device) to distribute a generous supply of disinfectant at or near the bottom
of the well. Pass the cable supporting the device through a stuffing box at the top of the
well.  After placing the disinfectant, throttle down the flow enough to get an adequate
concentration. When water showing an adequate disinfectant concentration appears at the
surface, close the valve  completely and keep it closed for at least 24 hours.
Bacteriological Tests Following Disinfection
   If bacteriological tests after disinfection indicates that the water is not safe for use,
repeat disinfection until tests show that water samples from that portion of the system are
satisfactory.  Samples collected immediately after disinfection may not be representative
of the normal water quality. Hence, if bacteriological samples are collected immediately
after disinfection, it is necessary to re-sample several days later to check on  the delivered
water under normal conditions of operation and use. The water from the system should
not be used for domestic purposes (such as drinking, cooking, brushing teeth, etc.) until
the reports of the tests indicate that the water is safe for  such uses.  If after repeated
disinfection the water is unsatisfactory, treatment of the supply is necessary to provide
water which consistently meets  USEPA drinking water requirements.   Under  these
conditions, the supply should not be used for domestic purposes until adequate treatment
has been provided.

ABANDONMENT OF WELLS
   Unsealed, abandoned wells constitute a potential hazard to public health and safety.
Certain problems with sealing an abandoned well may be due to the well's construction
and  the geological and hydrological conditions of the area. To seal a well properly, these
main factors should be considered: elimination of any physical hazard, prevention of any
contamination of the ground  water, conservation and  maintenance  of the yield and
hydrostatic pressure of the  aquifer,  and the prevention of any possible contact between
acceptable and unacceptable waters.
   The objective  of properly sealing any  abandoned well is to restore  the controlling
geological conditions existing before the well was drilled or constructed.
   When a well is to be permanently abandoned,  the lower portion of it is best protected
by filling it with concrete, cement grout, neat cement, or clays having sealing properties
similar to those of cement. When filling dug or bored wells, remove as much of the lining
as possible, so that surface water will not reach the water-bearing layers through a porous
lining or one containing cracks  or fissures.  When any question arises, follow the
regulations and recommendations of the state or local health department.
   Abandoned wells should never be used for the disposal of sewage or  other wastes.
 58

-------
RECONSTRUCTION  OF  EXISTING  DUG WELLS
   Existing wells used for domestic water supplies and subject to contamination should
be reconstructed to insure safe water. When reconstruction is not practicable, the water
supply should be treated or a new well constructed.
   Dug wells with stone or brick casings can often be rebuilt by enclosing existing casings
with concrete or by installing a buried concrete slab.
Safety
   Care must be exercised when entering wells because, until properly ventilated, they
may contain dangerous gases or lack oxygen.
   Hydrogen sulfide  gas is found in certain ground waters and, being heavier than air, it
tends to accumulate in excavations.  It is explosive, and nearly as poisonous as cyanide.
Also, a person's sense of smell tires quickly in its presence, making one unaware of the
danger. Concentrations may become dangerous quickly without further warning.
   Methane gas is also found in some ground water or in underground formations. It is
the product of the decomposition of organic matter.  It is not toxic, but is highly explosive.
   Gasoline, carbide lanterns or  candles may not be  reliable indicators of safe well
atmospheres because many of these devices will continue to burn at oxygen levels well
below those safe for humans. Also, any open  flame carries the additional risk of an
explosion from  accumulated combustible gases.
   The flame safety  lamp used by miners, construction companies, and utilities service
departments, is a much better device for determining safe atmospheres.  It is readily
obtainable from mine safety equipment suppliers.  The lamp should be lowered on a rope
to the well bottom to test the atmosphere.  Even after the well has passed this test, the
first person to enter  the well should carry a safety rope tied around his waist, with two
persons standing by,  above  ground, to rescue him at the first sign of dizziness or other
distress. Whenever  possible, a self-contained  air pack should be used by the person
entering the well.
   Improvements should be planned so that the reconstructed well will conform as nearly
as possible to the principles set forth in this manual.  If there is any doubt  as to what
should be done, advice should be obtained from the state or local health department.

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS IN  CONSTRUCTING ARTESIAN  WELLS
   To conserve water and improve the productivity of an artesian well, it is essential that
the casing be sealed into the confining stratum.  Otherwise, a loss of water may occur by
leakage into lower pressure permeable strata at higher  elevations.  A flowing artesian well
should be designed so that  the movement of water from the aquifer can be  controlled.
Equipping such a well with a valve or shutoff device conserves waters. When the recharge
area and aquifer are large and the number of wells which penetrate the aquifer are small,
the flowing artesian well produces a fairly steady flow of water throughout the year.

SPRINGS AND INFILTRATION GALLERIES
   Springs and  infiltration galleries on headwaters of a fresh water stream can be used to
provide a safe,  dependable source of drinking water.  However, researchers have found
disease-causing  bacteria and protozoa in many of these water sources which would classify
them as surface water sources, which are discussed in Part III of this manual.
                                                                              59

-------

-------
                Part III
                          Surface  Water
                          Source
INTRODUCTION
     The selection and use of surface water as a water-supply source for individual and
non-public water supply systems requires consideration of additional factors not usually
related  to ground water sources.   For small water supply systems,  ground water or
connection to a large central water system is generally preferred, and should be used
whenever possible. When small streams, open ponds, lakes, or open reservoirs must be
used, the danger of biological contamination and of the spread of diseases such as typhoid
fever and dysentery increases.  As a rule, surface water should only be used when ground
water sources are not available or are inadequate.
     Because surface water is open  to  physical and  biological  contamination, it  is
necessary to  regard it as unsafe for household  use  unless reliable treatment, including
filtration and disinfection, is provided.
     Treatment of surface water to  insure a consistent,  safe  supply requires  close
attention to operation and maintenance of the treatment system by the owner. Increased
sampling and monitoring using a greater number of sampling sites is also required. These
include  regular monitoring of filter turbidities, disinfection  residuals, and  coliform test
results.
     When ground water sources are limited, consideration  should be given to reserving
its use to household purposes such as drinking and cooking.  Surface water can then be
used for stock and   poultry  watering,  gardening,  firefighting, and  similar purposes.
Treatment of surface  water for  livestock is not generally considered essential.  There is,
however, a trend toward providing drinking water for stock and poultry which is free from
bacterial contamination and certain chemicals.

SOURCES  OF SURFACE WATER
     Sources of surface water include rainwater catchments, ponds or lakes, and surface
streams. The water in them comes from direct precipitation over  the drainage  area.
     Because of  the complexities of the hydrological,  geological, and meteorological
factors affecting surface  water  sources, it is  recommended that  engineering advice be
obtained when developing a natural catchment area  of more than a few acres.
                                                                               61

-------
     To escimate the yield  of the source,  it is  necessary  to  consider  the  following
information for the drainage area:
           Total annual precipitation
           Seasonal differences of precipitation
           Annual or monthly variations of rainfall from normal levels
           Annual and monthly evaporation and transpiration rates
           Soil moisture requirements and infiltration rates
           Size of drainage area
           Runoff gauge information
           All available local experience records

     Much of the  required data, particularly  that  concerning precipitation,  can be
obtained from U.S. Weather Bureau publications. Essential data such as soil moisture and
evaporation requirements may be obtained from local soil conservation and agricultural
agencies or from field  tests conducted by hydrologists.
Controlled Catchments
     Historically, in many parts  of the world, rainwater catchment has been used for
water supply since ancient times.   In areas where ground water is inaccessible or too
highly mineralized for domestic use, controlled catchments and cisterns may be necessary.
A properly located and constructed controlled catchment and cistern, with a good filtration
unit and adequate disinfection facilities, will provide a safe  drinking water.
     A  controlled catchment is  a defined surface area from which rainfall runoff is
collected.   It may be a  roof  (roof catchment) or  a  paved ground surface (surface
catchment).  The collected water is stored in a constructed covered tank called a cistern
or reservoir. Surface catchments should be fenced off to prevent unauthorized entrance
by people or animals. There should be no possibility of undesired surface drainage mixing
with the controlled runoff. An  intercepting drainage ditch around the upper edge of the
catchment  area and a raised  curb around the surface will prevent the entry of any
undesired surface drainage.
     For these controlled catchments, simple guidelines to determine water yield from
rainfall totals can be established.   When the controlled catchment area has  a  smooth
surface (or is paved) and the runoff collected in a cistern, water loss due to evaporation,
replacement of soil  moisture deficit, and infiltration is small. As a general rule, losses
from smooth concrete or asphalt-covered ground  catchments are less than 10 percent,
shingled roofs or tar and gravel surfaces lose less than 15 percent, and sheet metal roofs
lose almost no water.
     A conservative design can be based on the assumption that the amount of water that
can be recovered for use is three-fourths of the total annual rainfall. (See Figure 10)
     Location.  A controlled catchment may be located on a hillside near the edge of a
natural bench.  The catchment  area  can be placed on a moderate slope above  the
receiving cistern.
     The location of the cistern should be governed by both convenience and quality
protection.  A cistern  should be as close to the point of ultimate use as practical.  A
cistern  should not be placed closer than  50 feet from  any part of a sewage-disposal
installation, and should be on higher ground.
62

-------
~ I5°

-~~ l?/^
Yield of Catchment Area (In Thousand Ga
_ w en ->i • '"l--^"'
'^-~"**~'
" 	 "*"""




-
**' ' '
,X " ^
, f
^•f" '
^-— ^"
_— - -

y
r" v'
; -



^*
.--'""'""
^^-*^*

-- — i — "" ""



."• ^*
~ /
S
'' *?>

"
^
^*"
^'^


... ,^^-—

/
^•'
»•?"
.X
^
./'
BcT
^*"
*!•*»' B^^
.;-•

~'M_ ^^
•***~

„-— —


) 2,000 4,000 6,0
                    Horizontal Area of Catchment, (In Square Feet)

                   FIGURE 10. - Tield of impervious catchment area.
     Cisterns collecting water from roof surfaces should be located adjacent  to the
building, but not in basements subject to flooding.  They may be placed below the surface
of the ground for protection  against freezing in cold climates  and to  keep water
temperatures low in  warm climates, but should be situated on  the highest  ground
practicable, with the surrounding area graded to provide good drainage.
     Size. The size of cistern needed will depend on the size of the family and the length
of time between periods of heavy rainfall.  Daily water requirements can be estimated
from Table 3, page 19. The size of the catchment or roof surface needed will depend on
the amount of rainfall and the character of the surface. It is a good idea to allow a safety
margin for years with lower-than-normal rainfall. Designing for three-fourths of the mean
annual rainfall will usually result in a large enough catchment area.
     The following example illustrates the procedure for  determining the size  of the
cistern and required catchment area.
                                                                               63

-------
     Step 1 - Calculate Volume of Cistern
           Assume that the minimum drinking and cooking needs of a family of four are
           100 gallons per day1 (4 persons x 25 gallons per day =  100 gallons) and that
           the effective period2 between rainy periods is 150 days. The minimum volume
           of the cistern required will be 15,000 gallons (100 x 150).  This volume could
           be held by a cistern 10 feet deep and 15 feet square.

     Step 2 - Calculate Required Catchment Area
           If the mean annual rainfall is 50 inches, then the total design rainfall is 33
           niches  (50 x 2/3).  In Figure 10,  the  catchment area required to produce
           36,500 gallons (365 days x 100 gallons per day), the total year's requirement,
           is 2,400 square feet.

     Construction. Cisterns should be water tight with smooth interior surfaces.  Manhole
or other covers should be sealed tight and vents screened to prevent the entrance of light,
dust, surface water, insects, and animals.
     Manhole openings should have a watertight curb with edges projecting a minimum
of 4 inches above the level of the surrounding surface. The edges of the manhole cover
should overlap the curb and project downward  a minimum of 2 inches. The covers should
be locked to minimize the danger of contamination and accidents.
     Provision can  be  made for diverting initial runoff, or  "first  flush",  from paved
surfaces or roof tops before allowing water to  enter the cistern.  Dirt, leaves, or bird
droppings that accumulate on the roof or catchment area during dry periods should be
washed down by the first flush of ram and collected in the roof washer.  The drain at the
lower end of the cistern is for cleaning, which may periodically be needed, because some
contaminants may reach the cistern if the diversion of the first flush is not complete.  (See
Figure 11)
     Inlet, outlet, and waste  pipes should be well-screened.  Cistern drains and waste or
sewer lines should not be connected.
     Underground cisterns can be built of brick or stone, although reinforced concrete
is preferred.  If used,  brick or stone must be low in permeability and laid with full
Portland cement  mortar joints.    Brick  should  be wet before  laying.   High-quality
workmanship  is required,  and the use of unskilled labor for  laying brick or stone is not
advised. Two 1/2-inch plaster coats of 1:3 portland cement mortar on the interior surface
will help  to provide waterproofing.  A hard, non-absorbing  surface can be  made by
troweling the final coat before it is fully hardened.
     Figure 11 shows a suggested design for  a cistern of reinforced concrete.  A dense
concrete should be used to obtain water-tightness and should be vibrated frequently during
1     Twenty-five gallons per person per day, assuming that other uses are supplied by water of poorer quality.

2     Effective period is the number of days between periods of rainfall during which there is negligible
      precipitation.
64

-------
65

-------
     The procedures outlined in Part IV of this manual should be followed in disinfecting
the cistern with chlorine solutions. Initial and regular water samples should be taken to
determine the bacteriological quality of the water supply. Chlorination may be required
on  a continuing basis  if the bacteriological results show that the  water  quality is
unsatisfactory.  Roofs, gutters and other surfaces that collect and transport water for a
cistern should be cleaned regularly. Roof gutters should be maintained at an even slope
to prevent pooling of water. Roofs collecting rainwater should not be painted, nor should
asbestos cement sheeting be placed so that it ever comes into contact with water.  Tiles,
slate, and galvanized iron are suitable for collection surfaces.
Ponds  or  Lakes
     A pond or lake should be considered  as a source of water supply only if ground
water sources and controlled catchment  systems are inadequate or unacceptable.  The
development of a pond as a supply source depends on several factors:
          A watershed that  allows only water of the highest  quality to enter the pond.
          Use of the best-quality water from the pond.
          Filtering the water to remove turbidity and reduce bacteria.
          Disinfection  of filtered water.
          Proper storage of the treated water.
          Proper maintenance of the entire water system.  Local authorities may be able
          to furnish advice on pond development.

     The value of using a pond  or lake as a water supply is its ability to store water
during wet periods for use during  dry periods.  A pond should be capable of storing at
least one  year's supply of water.  It must be big enough to meet water supply demand
during periods of low rainfall, with an additional allowance for seepage and evaporation
losses.   The drainage area (watershed) should be large  enough to fill the pond or lake
during wet seasons of the year.
     Careful consideration of the location of the watershed and pond site reduces the
possibility of chance contamination.
     The watershed should be:
          Clean,  preferably  grassed
          Free from barns, septic tanks, privies, and soil-absorption fields
          Effectively protected against erosion  and drainage from livestock areas
          Fenced  to keep out livestock

     The pond should be:
          Not less than 8 feet deep at its deepest point.
          Designed to  have the maximum possible water storage area that is over 3 feet
          in depth
          Large enough to store at least one year's supply
          Fenced to keep out livestock
          Kept free of weeds, algae, and floating  debris

     In many instances, pond development requires the construction of an  embankment
with an overflow or spillway.  Help in  designing a storage pond may be available from
Federal, State, or local health agencies and in publications  from  the State or county
66

-------
agricultural,  geological,  or  soil conservation departments.   For specific  conditions,
professional engineering or geological advice may be needed as pond development entails
potential liability that may be considerable.
     Intake.  A pond intake must be properly located so that it draws water of the highest
possible quality. When the intake is placed too  close to the pond  bottom, it may draw
cloudy water or water containing  decayed organic material.  When placed too near the
pond surface, the intake system may draw floating debris, algae, and aquatic plants.  The
depth at which it operates best will vary, depending upon the season of the year and the
layout  of the pond.  The most desirable water  is  usually obtained when the  intake is
located between 12 and  18 inches below the water surface.  An intake located at the
deepest point in the pond makes maximum use of stored water.
     Pond intakes should be of  the type  illustrated  in Figure 12, known as "floating
intakes."  The intake consists of a flexible pipe attached to a rigid pipe that passes through
the pond embankment.
     Gate valves should  be installed on the main line below the dam and on  any branch
line to make it possible to control of the  rate  of discharge.
     Treatment. The pond water-treatment facility consists of four basic parts. These are
coagulation and settling for large particle removal, filtration  for smaller particle removal,
a clear water storage tank, and continuous disinfection (see Figure 13). A more detailed
explanation of these treatment techniques  is found in Part IV, under "Surface  Water
Treatment."
     Protection From Freezing. Protection from freezing must be provided unless the
plant is not operated or drained during freezing weather. In general, the filter and pump
room should be located in a building that can  be  heated. With  the right topography, the
need for heating can be eliminated by placing  the pump room and filter underground on
a hillside.  Gravity drainage from  the pump room must be possible to prevent  flooding.
No matter what arrangement is used, the filter and pump room must be easy to get to for
maintenance and operation.
     Tastes and Odors. Surface water frequently  develops musty or unpleasant tastes and
odors.  These are  generally caused by  the  presence of microscopic plants called algae.
There are many kinds of algae.  Some occur in long thread-like filaments that are visible
as large green masses of scum; others may be separately free floating and entirely invisible
to the unaided eye. Some varieties grow in the early spring, others in summer, and still
others  in the fall. Tastes and odors generally result from the decay of dead algae.  This
decay occurs naturally as plants pass through their life cycle.   For discussion of algae
control, see Nuisance Organisms in Part IV.
Streams
     In some cases, streams receiving runoff from large, uncontrolled watersheds may be
the only source of water supply.   The varying  physical and bacteriological quality of
flowing surface water may impose high burdens on the treatment facilities.
     Stream intakes should be located upstream of sewer outlets or other  sources of
contamination. The water should be pumped when the amount of silt in the stream is low.
Low water levels hi the stream usually means that the temperature of the water is higher
than normal and the water is of poor chemical quality. However, maximum silt loads
occur during maximum runoff.  High-water stages, shortly after storms and the silt has
settled, are usually the best tunes  for diverting or pumping water to storage.  These
                                                                               67

-------
68

-------
                                          Pressure Tank
                                          Automatic Chlorinator
                                          Automatic Jet Pump
                                          Pumphouse
                           Float Valve
                         Reinforced Concrete Top rReinforced Concrete Top
                           Hand Valve
                                          Reinforced
                                          V Concrete Cover
                                                             Purified Water to House
                                                             I Below Frost Line)
Washed River Sand
Screened Through 1/8" Sieve
To Water coagulation &
Source  sedimentation Chamber
                                   Concentric Piping with Outer
                                   Pipe under System Pressure
               FIGURE 13. - Schematic diagram of pond water-treatment system.
conditions vary and should be determined for  each individual stream.  The following
chapter discusses techniques for treatment of surface waters for potable use.

DEVELOPMENT  OF SPRINGS
      There are two basic requirements for developing a spring as a source of domestic
water: (1) selection of a spring with enough capacity to provide the required quantity and
quality of water throughout the year, (2) protection of the sanitary quality of the spring.
Each spring must be developed according to its geological conditions and sources.  State
standards for spring development may apply and should be considered.
      The features of a spring encasement are as follows:

      1.    An open-bottom, watertight basin intercepting the source which extends to
           bedrock or a system of collection pipes and a storage tank.
      2.    A cover keeps the entrance of surface drainage and debris from getting into
           the storage tank.
      3.    Provision for cleaning out and emptying of the tank contents.
      4.    Provision for overflow.
      5.    A connection to the distribution system or backup supply (see Figure 14).

      Tanks are usually made of reinforced concrete, large enough to capture or intercept
as much of the spring as possible.  When a  spring is located on a  hillside, the downhill
                                                                                  69

-------
               - C lea nout Drain
                                                           Perforated Pipe-
                                                                                      ISurface Water\
                                                                                         Diversion
                                                                                           Ditch
                                                                                            Fence -
                                                 PLAN
                                                                      Surface Water
                                                                      Diversion Ditch -
                                                                                           Fence-
                         Lock
                                                                    ."   Water-Bearing Gravel'.
               '-CleanoutDram
                                             .  FIXATION
                                       FIGURE 14. - Spring Protection.
70

-------
wall and sides should go down to bedrock, or to a depth that will insure an adequate water
level in the tank at all times. "Cutoff walls" of concrete or impermeable clay extending out
from  the  sides of the tank may  be used to control the water table  around the tank.
Construct the bottom part of the tank's uphill wall of stone, brick, or other material that
will allow water to move freely into the tank from the aquifer. Backfill of graded gravel
and sand will help keep that material in place.
      A tank cover should be cast in place to insure a good fit. Forms should be designed
to allow for shrinkage of concrete and expansion of lumber.  The cover should be extend
down over the  top edge of the tank at least 2 inches.  The  tank cover should be heavy
enough (so that it cannot be dislodged by children)  and should be equipped for locking.
      A drain pipe with an exterior valve should be installed close to the wall of the tank
near the bottom.  The pipe should extend horizontally, clearing the normal ground level
at the point of discharge by at least 6 inches.  The  discharge end of the pipe should be
screened to keep out rodents and insects.
      The overflow pipe is usually placed slightly below the maximum water-level line and
screened.   A layer of rock  (a "drain apron") should be laid around the point of overflow
discharge  to prevent erosion.
      The spring's outlet should be located about 6 inches  above the  drain outlet and
screened.  Care should be taken in fitting pipes through the tank's walls to insure a good
bond with the concrete and freedom from "honeycomb" around the pipes.
Sanitary Protection of Springs
      Springs usually become contaminated when barnyards, pasture lands, sewers, septic
tanks, cesspools, or other sources of pollution are located on higher land next to them.
In limestone formations, however, contaminated material frequently enters through sink
holes or other large  openings and may be carried along with ground water for  long
distances.  Similarly, if contamination enters the water in glacial drift, this water may
remain contaminated for long periods of time  and over long distances.
      Following these  measures will help  to insure a spring water of consistent  high
quality:

      1.    Remove surface drainage from the site.  Dig a surface drainage ditch uphill
           from the source, to intercept surface-water runoff and carry it away from the
           source. Use care and judgement when locating the ditch and the outlet points
           where water is discharged from the system. Criteria used should include the
           local topography, the subsurface geology, land ownership, and land use.
      2.    Build a fence to keep livestock out. Take into account the criteria mentioned
           in Item 1.   The fence should  keep livestock away from the surface-water
           drainage system at all points uphill from the source.
      3.    Provide access to the tank for maintenance, but prevent removal of the cover
           by installing locks.
      4.    Monitor the quality of the spring water regularly by checking for contamina-
           tion. A noticeable increase  in  turbidity or flow  after a rainstorm is a good
           indication that surface runoff is reaching the spring and possibly contaminating
           it.
                                                                               71

-------
Disinfection of Springs
     Disinfect the spring encasement using a procedure similar to the one used for dug
wells.  If there is  not enough  water pressure  to  raise the water to the top  of the
encasement, it may be possible to shut off the flow, thus keeping the disinfectant in the
encasement for 24 hours.  If the  flow cannot be shut off entirely, the disinfectant should
be added continuously for as long as is practical.

INFILTRATION GALLERIES
     Many recreational or other developments in the mountains have water supplies that
are near the  headwaters of mountain streams, where the watersheds are forested and
uninhabited. Even under these conditions, researchers have found disease-causing bacteria
and protozoa in the water.  Although the water may appear safe to drink, some form of
treatment must be used to remove these contaminants. States may have specific treatment
requirements such as the use of an infiltration gallery.  These requirements need to be
considered.
     Debris  and turbidity at the water intake after spring thaws and periods  of heavy
rainfall can cause problems in operating and maintaining these supplies. If possible, this
material  should be removed before  it reaches the intake.  Experience has shown that
debris  and  turbidity can be removed successfully, especially when small volumes of water
are involved,  by installing an infiltration gallery at or near the intake.
     Where  the soil next to a stream will allow water to pass through it, the water can
be intercepted by an infiltration gallery located a reasonable distance from the high-water
level and a  safe distance below the ground surface. Install infiltration galleries so that they
will intercept the  flow from the stream after it flows through the soil formations.
     A typical infiltration gallery installation generally  involves the construction of an
underdrained, sand-filter trench parallel to the stream bed and about 10 feet away from
the high-water mark.  The trench should have a minimum width of 30 inches and a depth
of about  10 feet. At the bottom of the trench, perforated or open-joint tile should be laid
in a bed of gravel about 12 inches thick with about 4 inches of graded gravel over the top
to support  the sand.  Then, the  gravel should be covered with clean, coarse sand to a
minimum depth of 24 inches, and the rest of the trench backfilled with fairly nonporous
material. The collection tile ends in a watertight, concrete basin where it is chlorinated
and diverted or pumped to the distribution system.
     Where soil formations adjoining a stream will not allow water to flow through them,
the debris and turbidity that are occasionally encountered in a mountain stream should be
removed using a modified infiltration gallery/slow-sand filter combination in the stream
bed. Typical installation involves building a dam across the stream to form a natural pool,
or digging a pool behind the dam.  The filter should be  installed in the pool behind the
dam by laying perforated pipe in a bed of graded gravel that is covered by at least  24
inches  of clean, coarse sand.  About 24 inches of space  should be  allowed between the
surface of the sand and the dam spillway. The collection  lines should end in a watertight,
concrete  basin, next to the upstream side of the dam, where the water is diverted for
chlorination.
72

-------
                Part IV
                          Water  Treatment
NEED  AND  PURPOSE
     Raw waters  from natural sources may require treatment prior to use.  Waters
supplies may contain pathogenic (disease-producing) organisms, suspended particles, or
dissolved chemical substances. Except in limestone areas, ground water is less likely to
have pathogenic organisms than surface water, but may contain unpleasant tastes  and
odors or mineral impurities. Some of these objectionable characteristics may be tolerated
temporarily, but the quality of the water should be raised to the highest possible level by
treatment. Even when nearly-ideal water can be found elsewhere, it is still a good idea
to provide for treatment of the less-desirable source in order to have a backup supply of
safe water.
     The quality of water constantly changes.  Natural  processes  which affect  water
quality  are the dissolving  of  minerals, sedimentation,  filtration, aeration, sunlight,  and
biochemical decomposition.  Natural processes may either contaminate or purify water,
but the natural processes of purification are neither consistent nor reliable.
     Bacteria are numerous in waters  at or near the earth's surface. Their numbers may
be reduced from seeping into the ground,  a lack of oxygen, or from  being underground
for long periods under unfavorable conditions for bacterial growth.  When water flows
through underground fissures  or channels, however, it may remain contaminated over long
distances and time periods.
     The belief that flowing water purifies itself after traveling various distances has led
to feelings of false security about its safety.  Under certain conditions, the number of
microorganisms in flowing water may actually rise instead of fall.
     Water treatment incorporates, changes, or adds to certain  natural purification
processes. Water treatment attempts to condition or reduce to acceptable levels chemicals
and impurities which may be  present in the water.
     Treatment may take place at a treatment facility with treated water pumped to the
distribution system or to storage, or may consist of household point-of-use (POU) or
point-of-entry (POE) treatment units.
                                                                               73

-------
WATER TREATMENT
     Some of the natural treatment processes and manmade changes to those processes
are discussed in the following section.
Coagulation-Flocculation
     Coagulation is the process of forming particles in a liquid by the addition of a
chemical such  as alum to the  water.  Iron salts, such as ferric chloride,  and organic
coagulant polymers can also be used. The chemical is mixed with the cloudy, turbid water
and then gently stirred by  mechanical or hydraulic means to allow flocculation to take
place.  During this flocculation stage the suspended particles will combine physically and
form a mass of particles.  The larger particles will be able to  settle out by gravity.  This
settling may be done in a  separate (sedimentation) tank or in the same tank after the
mixing period.  Adjustment of pH may be needed after this process  because some
coagulant chemicals lower pH.  Some colors can  also be removed from water using
coagulation.  Competent engineering advice, however,  should be obtained on specific
coagulation problems.
Sedimentation
      Sedimentation is a process of heavy suspended material in water settling out and
collecting on the bottom. Sedimentation usually follows coagulation-flocculation.
      This  settling action can be done in a still pond or properly constructed tank or basin.
It takes a few hours to get a significant reduction in suspended matter if the suspended
particles are large. The inlet of the tank should be set up so that the incoming water is
spread evenly across  the entire width of the tank as the water flows to the outlet at the
opposite end.  Baffles are usually constructed to even out the flow of water through the
tank.  Cleaning and repairing the installation can be made easier if the tank is designed
with two separate sections, so that  one can be used alone while the  other is cleaned
and/or repaired.
      When a  water  source contains a  large amount of turbidity, much  of it can  be
removed by sedimentation. A protected pond with gentle grassy slopes often results in
significantly clearer raw water.
Filtration
      Filtration is the process of removing suspended  matter from water as it  passes
through beds of porous material. The degree of removal depends on the type and size of
the filter  media, the thickness  of the  media  bed, and  the size and quantity  of the
suspended matter. Since bacteria can travel long distances through filters, they should not
be relied  upon to produce  bacteriologically safe water.  Filtered water must also be
disinfected. Types of filtration that may be used include:
      Slow Sand Filters.  Water passes slowly through beds of  fine sand at rates averaging
0.05 gallon per minute per square foot of filter area.  Properly constructed slow sand
filters do not require much  maintenance and can be easily adapted to individual water
systems (See Figure 15). The frequency of physical cleaning will vary depending upon the
turbidity of the water.  It is necessary to clean the filter regularly by removing about one
inch of sand from the  surface of the filter and either throwing it away or saving it  for
washing and reuse.  This removal will make it necessary to add new or washed sand.
       Sand for slow sand filters should consist of hard, durable grains free from clay, loam,
 dirt, and organic matter.  It should have a "sieve analysis" that falls within the range of
 values shown in Table 8, adapted from the AWWA manual Water Treatment Plant Design.
 74

-------
                    Stow Sand Filter
                                                               Efllu.nl Flow
                                                             Control Structure   y*nt
 Raw
Waterl
   Sand Filter Bod

   Support Oravd

   Perforated Drain Pip*
                          Typical unhoused slow sand filter Installation
                          Stow Sand Filter
 EfflLwntFlow
Control Structure
     Filtered
    Water lor
    BacMIHIng
    Sand Filter Bod

    Support Qravol

    Drain Tito 	
                            Typical housed slow sand fitter Installation


                         FIGURE 15. - Slow sand filtration diagram.


                     From "Technologiew for Upgrading Existing or Designing New
                                Drinking Water Facilities", EPA (1990)
                                                                                              75

-------
       TABLE 8. - Recommended mechanical analysis of slow sand filter media
Material passing sieve
(percent)
99
90-97
75-90
60-80
U.S. sieve
no.
4
12
16
20
Material passing sieve
(percent)
33-55
17-35
4-10
1
U.S. sieve
no.
30
40
<50
100
     Sands with an "effective size" of 0.20 to 0.40 millimeters work well.  The effective
size is determined from the dimensions of that sieve or mesh which allows 10 percent of
the sample to pass through and retains the remaining 90 percent. This means 10 percent
of the grains are  smaller and 90 percent larger.  The "uniformity coefficient" should be
between 2.0 and 3.0. This coefficient is the ratio  of the diameter of a sand grain that is
too large to pass through a sieve that allows 60 percent of the material (by weight) to pass
through, to the diameter of a grain that is too large to pass through a sieve that allows 10
percent of the material (by weight) to pass through.
     For  best results,  the rate of filtration for a slow sand filter should be 60 to 180
gallons per day per square foot of filter bed surface.  The amount of water that  flows
through the filter  bed can be adjusted by a valve placed on the outflow line. Between 27
and 36 inches of sand, with an additional 6 to 12 inches that can be removed during
cleaning, is usually enough. The depth removed is replaced with clean sand.  Six to eight
inches  of gravel will support the sand  and keep it  out  of the underdrain system.  A
IVi-inch  plastic  pipe  drilled with  3/4-inch holes facing down  makes  a convenient
underdrain system. One to two  feet of freeboard on the top of the filter is usually enough.
     Slow sand filtration has proven to provide a large reduction in bacteria, turbidity and
organic levels, and thereby reduce the need for disinfection and presence of disinfection
by-products in the finished water.  Slow sand filters remove Giardia cysts, which makes
application especially valuable  to small water  supply  systems  that use surface waters.
However, high levels of turbidity require  slower filtration rates  and therefore,  more
frequent filter cleaning. For that reason, slow sand filters should not be used on waters
that routinely exceed 10 NTU.
     Rapid Sand Filters. In a rapid sand filter, water  is applied at a rate at or above 2
gallons  per minute  per square  foot of filter area,  with  an allowance for frequent
backwashing.
     Rapid or "high rate" filters follow coagulation and sedimentation for turbid source
water.  Rapid  sand filtration is not usually employed  by small, non-public water supplies
because of the necessary controls and additional attention it requires. However, package
plants often have  the necessary filtration processes and automatic controls to meet  small
system needs.  Package plants are more thoroughly described later in this section.
     Rapid sand filters may use a top layer of quartz sand or anthracite coal.  Ordinary
bank sand cannot be used  without screening,  washing to remove organic matter and
grading to produce  the correct size.  In addition,  it should be  free from carbonate
hardness.
     If the sand  is too fine, it  will not allow water to  pass through it freely, and it will
require frequent cleaning. If it is too coarse, it will not effectively  remove turbidity.
76

-------
     The sand usually used for rapid sand filters has an effective size of 0.4 to 0.5 mm
and a uniform coefficient between 1.3 and 1.75. Anthracite coal, crushed to slightly larger
sizes, is also used instead of sand or to supplement it as a surface layer of lower specific
gravity.
     Rapid sand filters do not remove bacteria and viruses as effectively as slow sand
filters unless chemical pretreatment is optimized. Further treatment, such as disinfection,
is necessary to produce safe water.
     Pressure Sand Filters.  In pressure sand filters, water is filtered  at two gallons per
minute or higher per square foot of filter area.  Equipment must also be provided to allow
frequent backwashing of the filter.
     Diatomaceous Earth Filters.   In diatomaceous earth filters, suspended solids are
removed by passing  the water through a diatomaceous filter supported by a rigid base
support at about the same rates as  pressure sand filters.
     Diatomaceous earth filters, which require regular attention, are of two types-vacuum
and pressure.  The filter has several elements, usually small tubes  or hollow plates, which
are coated with a layer of diatomaceous earth.  The water passes through this earth layer,
into  the tube or plate, and out. A mixture of earth is fed during the filtering run, and
when the filter is clogged up  enough with  suspended matter to slow  down the filtering
rate, the coating is removed with a backwash.  When properly operated and maintained,
these filters are effective at removing bacteria and cysts.
     Cartridge Filters. Cartridge filters with porous ceramic or glass fiber filter elements,
with pore sizes as small as 0.2 /an, may be able to produce drinkable water from raw
surface water supplies containing low levels of turbidity, algae,  protozoa  and bacteria.
Cartridge filters must be used  in combination with disinfection.  The advantage of a small
system is (with the exception of chlorination) that no other chemicals  are required.  The
process is one of physical removal of small  particles by straining as water passes through
the porous filter. Other than  occasional cleaning  or filter replacement, they are  simple
to operate and do not require any special skills or knowledge.

DISINFECTION
     Water systems  using water  under the  direct  influence  of surface water  should
disinfect their water supply. It may also be a good  idea to install a filter  system, since
disinfection alone may not protect against some contaminants (such as Giardia lamblia).
Disinfection and filtration are both necessary in some situations  to destroy all harmful
bacteria  and  other organisms. In order for all harmful organisms to be removed, the
water to which the disinfectant is added must be already low in turbidity. Water with high
levels of turbidity can shield microorganisms from the disinfectants.   After disinfection,
water must be kept in suitable  tanks or other storage facilities to prevent recontamination.
     Disinfection must be carefully controlled. Enough disinfectant should be added to
water  to destroy microorganisms.  Too  much disinfectant,  however,  can combine with
other compounds in water to form  harmful chemical disinfection  by-products.
     In  addition  to surface  water supplies,  many  ground water  supplies require
disinfection. In case of disinfection system failure, emergency disinfection procedures are
included in Appendix G.
                                                                                 77

-------
Chemical Disinfection
     The most important features of a chemical disinfectant are: powerful, stable, soluble,
non-toxic to man or animals, economic, dependable, lacking residual effects, easy and safe
to use and measure, and available.
     Chlorine compounds have some of the best properties of a chemical disinfectant.
As a result, chlorine is the most commonly used water disinfectant.
Disinfectant Terminology: Glossary
     Chlorine concentration. This is expressed in milligrams per liter (mg/L). One mg/L
is equivalent to 1 milligram of chlorine in 1 liter of water. For water, the  units of parts
per million (ppm) and mg/L are basically the same.
     Chlorine feed or dosage.  The actual amount in mg/L fed into the water system by
the feeder or automatic dosing device is the chlorine feed or dosage.
     Chlorine demand. The chlorine fed into the water  that combines with impurities,
and, therefore, is no longer available for disinfectant action, is commonly  called the
chlorine demand of the water.  Examples of impurities that cause higher chlorine demand
are organic materials and certain "reducing" materials such as hydrogen sulfide, ferrous
iron, nitrites, etc.
     Free and combined chlorine. Chlorine can also combine with ammonia nitrogen, if
any is present in the water, to form chlorine compounds that have some ability to disinfect.
These  chlorine compounds are called  combined chlorine  residual.  However, if  no
ammonia is present in the water, the chlorine that  remains in the water once the chlorine
demand has been satisfied is called  "free chlorine  residual".
     Chlorine contact time.  The chlorine contact  time is  the period of time between the
addition of chlorine and the use of the water. Chlorine needs a certain amount of contact
time in order for it to act as a disinfectant.
     Contact time (T) and  chlorine  residual  concentration  ("C")  affect  how well
disinfection will work.  For example, surface waters that  are not filtered  (i.e., only
disinfected) require long contact times to assure inactivation of Giardia cysts:  after 120
minutes of contact, the chlorine residual hi a tank should be at least one mg/L.  However,
the "C"  and "T" needed for treating ground water and filtered surface water are different
than for  unfiltered surface water,  and depend on water temperature, pH  and other
conditions.
Chlorine Disinfection
     In general, the primary factors that  determine the disinfectant efficiency of chlorine
are as follows:
     Chlorine concentration. Higher concentrations of chlorine results in effective and
faster disinfection. However,  there is a point of limited return as higher and higher
dosages are used. For that reason, chlorine concentrations should not be more than 5
mg/L in drinking water.
     Type of chlorine residual.  Free chlorine is a much better disinfectant than combined
chlorine.
     Temperature of the water in which contact is made. The higher the temperature, the
better the disinfection.
     The pH of the water in which contact is made. The lower the pH, the more effective
the disinfection.
78

-------
     Contact time between the water and chlorine. The longer the contact time, the more
effective the disinfection.  Experience has shown that acceptable chlorine residuals and
disinfection can be obtained, with a water temperature of 10°C at pH 7.0, if the following
is true:

           C x T >  120  for an Unfiltered Surface Water Source
           C x T >  20   for a Filtered Surface Water Source
           C x T >   6  for a Groundwater Source

     Where C is the chlorine  residual in mg/L, and T is the chlorine contact time in
minutes.  Either variable, residual or time, can be  manipulated to obtain the above
suggested products.

     Chlorine Compounds and Solutions.  Compounds of chlorine, such as sodium  or
calcium hypochlorite, have excellent disinfecting properties.  In small water systems, these
chlorine compounds are usually added to the water after being dissolved in a solution
form, but may also be used in tablet, powder or pellet form.
     One of the most commonly used forms of chlorine is calcium hypochlorite. It is
available in soluble powder and tablets. These compounds are "high-test" hypochlorite and
contain 65 to 75 percent available chlorine by weight.  Packed in  cans  or drums, these
compounds are stable and will not break down if properly stored and handled.
     Sodium hypochlorite solutions approved  for use in potable water are available with
a strength of approximately 5 percent available  chlorine by weight.   Other sodium
hypochlorite solutions vary in strength from 3 to 15 percent available chlorine by weight,
and are reasonably stable when stored in a cool, dark place. These solutions are diluted
with drinkable water to obtain the desired solution strength to be fed into the system.
     When hypochlorite powders are used, fresh solutions should be prepared frequently
because chlorine solutions will get weaker over time. The container or vessel  used for
preparation, storage, and distribution of the chlorine  solution should  be  resistant  to
corrosion and protected from light.  (Light  causes  a  reaction that weakens  chlorine
solutions.) Suitable  materials  include glass,  plastic, crockery, or  rubber-lined metal
containers.
     Hypochlorite solutions can be used either at full strength or diluted to a strength
suited to the feeding equipment and the rate of water flow.  In preparing these solutions,
one must take into account the chlorine content of the concentrated (stock) solution. For
example,  if 5 gallons of 2 percent solution are to be  prepared with a high-test calcium
hypochlorite powder or tablet containing 70 percent available chlorine, 1.2 pounds of high-
test hypochlorite would be needed.
     Pounds of compound required:

           %  strength      gallons of solution
           of solution   X	needed     X   8.3 Ibs./gal of water
                      % available chlorine in compound
                                                                                79

-------
           2 X 5 X 8.3
                70

           1.2 pounds
     Similarly, the following formula can be used to determine the pounds of chlorine
required per day to disinfect at a particular dose:

           Chlorine, Ibs/day = (Dosage, mg/L) (8.3 Ibs/gal of water) (Flow, mgd1 )

     Example: How many pounds of chlorine would be required to feed a dose of 2.0
mg/L to 50,000 gallons of water?

           Chlorine, Ibs/day = (2.0 mg/L) (8.3 Ibs/gal) (.05 mgd)

           Chlorine, Ibs/day = 2

     If one used calcium hypochlorite that was 65 percent available chlorine, how many
pounds would be required to satisfy the previoi L condition?

           Calcium hypochlorite, Ibs/day  = Chlorine. Ibs/day
                                          percent available

           Calcium hypochlorite, Ibs/day  =   2    or     2
                                          65%      0.65

           Calcium hypochlorite, Ibs/day  = 3 Ibs.

     For a hypochlorite solution, how many gallons of 2 percent sodium hypochlorite
solution would be required to feed a 2.0 mg/L dosage to our 50,000 gallons of water?

           Hypochlorite solution, gal/day =         (Chlorine. Ibs/day) (100%)
                                             (Hypochlorite strength, %) (8.3 Ibs/gal)

           Hypochlorite solution, gal/day =  (2 Ibs/day) (100%)
                                            (2%) (8.3 Ibs/gal)

           Hypochlorite solution, gal/day =      200   =    12
                                                16.6
     mgd = million gallons per day

80

-------
     Determination of Chlorine Residual.  Residual chlorine can exist in water as a free
or combined chlorine residual.   When present as a combined chlorine  residual,  it is
combined with either organic material or ammonia.  The  sum of combined and  free
chlorine  is called total chlorine residual.   Sufficient chlorine is the amount needed to
produce a desired residual after a definite  contact period whether the chlorine residual is
combined, free, or total.
     The amount of remaining  chlorine (chlorine  residual) in the  water is normally
measured using  a  simple test called the DPD colorimetric test (short for the chemical
name N,N-dimethyl-p-phenylene-diamine). The test can be done outside of a laboratory
using special pills  that  are placed in a test tube. The free or total chlorine residuals
produce a violet color that can be compared with a color chart to determine the quantity
of chlorine in the  water.  The kits come  with all necessary test tubes,  chemicals, color
chart and  instructions.   Firms that specialize  in  the manufacture  of  water testing
equipment and materials can supply them.
     A combination DPD and pH kit is also available at  a modest price.  State and
county water supply agencies can provide  names of water  test kit suppliers.
     Wherever chlorination is needed for  disinfection, testing for chlorine residual should
be done  at least daily, and a daily record  of results kept.
     For more information  on  the DPD test and  other water testing procedures,
descriptions  are  included in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water  and
Wastewater.2
Chlorination Equipment
     Hypochlorinators.   Hypochlorinators pump or inject a chlorine solution into the
water. When they are properly maintained, hypochlorinators are a reliable way to apply
chlorine to disinfect water. However, protection against over-feeding or siphoning should
be included.
     Types of hypochlorinators include positive  displacement feeders, aspirator feeders,
suction feeders, tablet hypochlorinators and dry pellet chlorinators.
     Positive Displacement Feeders. A common type of positive displacement hypochlorin-
ator is one that uses a piston or diaphragm pump to inject the solution. It is adjustable
during operation, and can be designed to give reliable and accurate  feed  rates.  When
electricity is available, the stopping and starting of the hypochlorinator can be timed with
the water supply pumping unit. This kind  of hypochlorinator can be used with any water
system, but it is especially useful in systems where water pressure is low and changeable.
     Aspirator Feeders.  The aspirator feeder uses a vacuum, created when water flows
either through a venturi tube or perpendicular to a nozzle,  to draw chlorine solution from
a container into the chlorinator unit, where it is mixed with water.  The mixed solution is
then injected into the water system.  In most cases, the water inlet line to the chlorinator
is connected to the discharge side of the  water  pump,  with the chlorine solution being
pumped back into the suction side of the same pump.  The chlorinator operates only when
the pump is operating.  Chlorine solution  flow rate is controlled by a valve, but pressure
changes may cause changes in the feed rate.
      Obtainable from the American Waterworks Association, 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado
      80235, Phone: (303) 794-7711.

                                                                                81

-------
     Suction Feeders.  One type of suction feeder consists of a single line that runs from
the chlorine solution container through the chlorinator unit, and connects to the suction
side of the water pump. The chlorine solution is pulled from the container by suction
created by the water pump.
     Another type of suction feeder works on the siphon principle,  with  the chlorine
solution being added directly into the well. This type also consists of a single line, but the
line ends in the well, below the water surface, instead  of at the suction side  of the water
pump. When the pump is running, the chlorinator is turned on, so that a valve is opened
and the chlorine solution flows into the well.
     In each of these units, the chlorine solution flow rate is regulated by a control valve,
and the chlorinator runs only when the pump is  running. The pump circuit should be
connected to a liquid level control so that the water supply pump shuts off when the
chlorine solution is gone.
     Tablet Hypochlorinators. The tablet ("erosion type") hypochlorinating  unit consists
of a special pot feeder containing calcium hypochlorite tablets. Accurately controlled by
an inlet baffle or flowmeter, small jets of feed water flow through the lower portion of the
tablet bed. The tablets slowly dissolve, providing a continuous source of fresh  hypochlorite
solution.  Since this unit produces fairly high dose  rates, a by-pass may  be needed so that
only part  of the total flow is treated.  This type of chlorinator is used when electricity is
not available, but it needs good maintenance for efficient operation. It can  also operate
where  the water pressure is low.
     Drop Pellet Chlorinators. Drop-feed pellet chlorinators consist of motorized feeder
that drops a controlled number of dry calcium hypochlorite pellets into well water over
a period of time.  The device can be timed to drop pellets more or less often, depending
on the volume of water being treated.  This unit runs only when the well pump is running.
     Gaseous Feed Chlorinators.  In situations in which large quantities of water are
treated, chlorine gas in pressure cylinders may be used as the disinfectant. Its use in very
small water supply systems may be limited because of its higher cost and the greater safety
precautions  necessary to  guard against  accidents.  Gaseous  chlorine is an extremely
hazardous substance.
     Solution Supply Monitor. Sensing units can be placed in solution containers to sound
a warning alarm when the solution goes below a predetermined level. This equipment can
also be connected to the pump so that when the chlorine is about to run out, the pump
will automatically shut and activate a warning bell. On that signal, the operator will have
to refill the solution container and take necessary steps to ensure proper disinfection.
     Chlorine Contact Tanks. Enough time for the chlorine to properly disinfect water
for drinking  can  be provided using a chlorine contact tank.   Although mixing  is not
required,  special measures should be taken to ensure that, at maximum flow, 90 percent
of the water discharged from the contact  tank has been in the tank for the required time
period. More information on disinfectant dosages  and required contact time  can be found
in the previous  section on "Chlorine Disinfection".
     It is important to note  that contact time is not simply the required time multipled
by the  flow rate.  Short-circuiting may occur, in which  some water flows straight through
the tank, while other water becomes trapped in stagnant zones, remaining in the tank for
a long time.  This can be corrected by using a properly designed tank, possibly with baffles
to direct the water flow.
82

-------
Chlorination Control
     Several factors have a direct bearing on the effectiveness of chlorine.  Because of
these factors, it is not possible to suggest rigid standards that will work in all water supply
systems.   It  is possible, however,  to  offer some general guidelines for water supply
operation and maintenance.
     Simple  Chlorination.   Unless bacteriological  or  other  tests indicate the need to
maintain higher minimum concentrations of free residual chlorine, at least 0.2 mg/L of
free residual chlorine should be in contact with treated ground water (at 10°C) for at least
30 minutes before the  water  reaches the first user from the point of where the chlorine
is added. As noted above, surface water supplies, and different water temperatures, would
require different disinfectant concentrations and  contact  time.  It  is  a good idea to
maintain a detectable  free chlorine residual at the  end of the distribution system when
using simple Chlorination.   Refer to the section on "Chlorine Disinfection"  for more
information on establishing the right chlorine dosages.
     A method known as superchlorination-dechlorination  can be used to  solve the
problem of insufficient contact tune in a water system.  By this method, chlorine is added
to the  water  hi increased amounts (superchlorination) to provide a minimum chlorine
residual of 3.0 mg/L for a minimum contact period  of 5 minutes.  Removal of the excess
chlorine (dechlorination) is then used to get rid of unpleasant chlorine taste.
     Records. Proper  control of water quality also depends on keeping accurate operating
records of Chlorination. Those records can indicate Chlorination is being done properly,
and as a guide for improving operations.  The record should  show the amount of water
treated, amount of chlorine used, setting of the Chlorination equipment, tune and location
of chlorine tests, and results of chlorine  tests.  This information should be kept current
and posted near the Chlorination equipment.

DISINFECTION  WITH  ULTRAVIOLET  LIGHT
     Ultraviolet (UV) light produced from UV lamps has been shown to be an effective
disinfectant. In disinfecting water, the amount of UV radiation needed depends on factors
such as turbidity, color, and  dissolved  iron salts, which prevent ultraviolet energy  from
entering the water. For that reason, UV light does not work for disinfecting turbid water
and is normally only used for disinfecting groundwater.
     Cylindrical UV units with standard plumbing fittings have been designed  for use in
water lines.  They should be checked often for light  intensity and cleaned of any material
that would block radiation from reaching the water.  An advantage of disinfection with UV
light is that the equipment  is  readily available and easy  to operate and maintain. A
disadvantage  of UV light is that it does not provide a residual disinfectant in the water (as
does chlorine).  Thus,  there is no protection against recontamination in UV-disinfected
water and another disinfectant (usually chlorine)  is required to maintain a bacteria
controlling residual.  Another disadvantage of UV is that it is not effective against some
microorganisms, such as Giardia lamblia  cysts. Where Giardia lamblia are a potential
problem, such as surface water sources, disinfection by UV is not recommended.
                                                                                83

-------
DISINFECTION  WITH OZONE
     Ozone is the strongest oxidizing agent available for water treatment. It is a strong
disinfectant, and can also oxidize the following types of compounds:  taste and  odor
compounds, certain organics, iron  and manganese,  and sulfides.  However, like UV
disinfection, ozone does not provide a residual to protect against recontamination.
     Either air or oxygen may be used to generate ozone.  A typical ozone system using
air as the feed source would consist of the following units:  air filter, air compressor,  air
cooling and drying system, the ozone generator where ozone is created from oxygen in the
air as it passes through a high voltage electric current, a contact chamber where the ozone
mixes through the water, and a destruction  device for  the off-gases from  the contact
chamber. If oxygen  from tanks is  used, the  air compressor and drying system are not
needed.
     The contactor for a small water treatment plant is usually a tall chamber or tall
fiberglass columns. Contactors are  normally designed for a contact time of ten minutes.
     Ozone  gas leaks in and around a generator and contactor  are  very dangerous.
Ozone is a toxic  gas and requires operator protection similar to that for a gas feed
chlorination system.

OTHER METHODS AND MATERIALS  FOR  DISINFECTION
     A number of other materials and methods are available for disinfecting water.  Such
methods as heat  and  iodine are not specifically  recommended, but  their use  as  an
emergency measure is described in  Appendix G.

MEMBRANE TECHNOLOGIES
     Reverse Osmosis (R.O.) and electrodialysis reversal (EDR) are two commonly used
membrane processes for the physical separation and removal of  water contaminants.
Membranes  act as  molecular  filters to remove  most dissolved  minerals, biological
organisms, organics and suspended  matter from water. Before installing an RO or EDR
system, however, care must be taken so that the liquid waste streams can be disposed of
properly and that  state and local permits are  obtained.
Reverse Osmosis
     Reverse osmosis  (R.O.) is a  membrane process that is sometimes referred  to as
hyperfiltration, the highest form of filtration possible.  It uses a special, semi-permeable
membrane which, under pressure, permits pure water to pass through it while acting as
a barrier to dissolved salts and other  impurities.
     A basic R.O. system consists of a high pressure pump, a control system to regulate
flows and pressure, and the R.O. module parts. Normally, some form of pretreatment is
used.  This can be anything from  a  simple filter to the combined use of coagulation,
sedimentation and filtration followed by pH adjustment when treating very dirty water.
Post-treatment  methods can include pH adjustment,  aeration and  chlorination  for
disinfection.
Electrodialysis Reversal
     The  electrodialysis reversal  (EDR)  process  is  based on  another membrane
technology,  electrodialysis.   Alternately  placed  positively  and  negatively  charged
membranes allows the passage of ions. Separate areas of ion-rich and ion-poor water  are
created.  The membranes are arranged in stacks, and the desired salt or other c< ntami-
84

-------
nant reduction is achieved by passing the water through the proper number of stacks.
With EDR, the DC current is reversed periodically, typically two to four times per hour.
This causes ion movement to reverse direction,  and flushes the scale-forming ions from
membrane surfaces.   This  lengthens  membrane life  and reduces  maintenance  and
replacement costs.

AERATION
     Aeration is the process of bringing  air into contact with a  liquid such as water.
Many methods can be  used for effective aeration,  including spraying water into the air,
allowing water to fall over a spillway in a turbulent stream, or letting water trickle in
multiple streams or droplets through a series of perforated plates or through a packed
tower.  Although aeration may be performed in  an open system, care should be taken to
prevent possible external contamination  of the water.  Whenever possible,  a totally
enclosed system should be used.
     Aeration may be  used to oxidize iron or manganese and remove odors from water,
such as those caused by hydrogen sulfide and algae. Aeration also removes radon gas and
volatile organic compounds (VOC's) from water very efficiently.  It is also effective in
increasing the oxygen content of water that is too low in dissolved oxygen.  The flat taste
of cistern water and distilled water may also be improved by adding oxygen. In addition,
carbon dioxide and other gases  that increase the corrosiveness of water can be removed
by aeration.  However, aeration increases oxygen in water to  a level that may itself
encourage corrosion, partially offsetting the advantage of decreasing the carbon dioxide
levels.
     Aeration partially  oxidizes dissolved  iron  and  manganese, changing iron  and
manganese into  insoluble forms.  Sometimes  a  short period of storage permits the
insoluble particles to settle out;  at other times, the particles of iron and manganese must
be filtered out.
     A simple cascade device  or a coke tray  (wire-bottom trays filled with  activated
carbon) aerator can be added to a water supply system.  In addition to aerating, the coke
tray will reduce tastes and odors.
     Insects  such as the chironomus fly may lay eggs in the stagnant portion of the
aerator tray.  Covering  the aerator prevents flies  from getting into the aerator. Screening
will also provide protection from windblown debris.

OTHER TREATMENT
Iron and/or Manganese Removal
     Iron and/or  manganese in water creates  a problem  common  to many individual
water  supply systems.  When  both are  present beyond recommended levels, special
attention should  be paid to the  problem.  The removal  of iron and manganese depends
on the type and quantity, and  this  helps determine the best procedure and (possibly)
equipment to use.
     Well water is usually clear and colorless when it  comes out of the faucet or  tap.
When water containing colorless, dissolved iron is allowed to stand in a cooking container
or comes in contact with  a sink or bathtub, the  iron combines with oxygen from the au-
to form reddish-brown particles (commonly called rust). Manganese forms brownish-black
particles.
                                                                               85

-------
     These impurities can give a metallic taste to water or to food. Deposits of iron and
manganese produce rusty or brown stains  on  plumbing fixtures, fabrics, dishes, and
utensils.  Soaps  or  detergents will not remove  these stains, and bleaches and alkaline
builders (often sodium phosphate) can make it worse. After a long period, iron deposits
can build up  in pressure tanks, water heaters, and pipelines, reducing the quantity and
pressure of the water supply.
     Iron  and manganese can be removed through chlorination and filtration.  The
chlorine chemically oxidizes the iron or manganese (forming a particle), kills iron bacteria,
and kills any  disease bacteria that may be present. The filter then removes the iron or
manganese particles.  Other techniques, such  as aeration  followed by filtration, ion
exchange with  greensand, or  treatment with  potassium permanganate followed  by
filtration, will also remove these materials.
     Insoluble iron or manganese and iron bacteria can clog up the mineral bed and the
valving of a water softener. It may be better to remove high levels of iron and manganese
before the  water reaches the softener.
     When a backwash filter medium  is used, an adequate quantity of water at a high
enough pressure must be provided for removing the iron particles.
     Potassium permanganate can be used in place of chlorine. The dose, however, must
be carefully  controlled.   Too  little  permanganate will not oxidize all the iron and
manganese, and  too much will allow  permanganate to enter the distribution system and
cause a pink  color.
     Iron  can also be oxidized, by simple aeration, to removable ferric hydroxide by
exposing water to air in sprays or by cascading (water falls) over steps or  trays. The ferric
hydroxide is then filtered out.  The main advantage of this method is that it requires no
chemicals.
     If the water contains less than  1.0 mg/L iron and less  than 0.3 mg/L manganese,
using polyphosphates followed by chlorination can be effective and inexpensive.  Below
these concentrations, the polyphosphates combine with the iron and manganese preventing
them from  being  oxidized and  precipitated.   Any of  the  three  polyphosphates
(pyrophosphate,  tripolyphosphate, or metaphosphate) can be used.
     To determine the best polyphosphate to use and the right dosage, prepare a series
of samples at different concentrations.  Add chlorine, and observe  the samples daily
against a white background. The right polyphosphate dose  is the  lowest dose that does
not noticeably discolor the water samples for four days.
Iron Bacteria Removal
     Under certain conditions, the removal of iron compounds from a water supply may
be more difficult due to the  presence of iron bacteria.  When dissolved iron and oxygen
are present in the water, these bacteria get energy from the oxidation of the iron.  These
bacteria  collect  within a gelatinous  mass which coats underwater surfaces.  A slimy,
rust-colored mass on the inside surface of flush tanks or water closets is caused by iron
bacteria.
     Iron bacteria can reduce the flow within water pipes by increasing friction.  They
may give an unpleasant taste  and odor to the water, discolor  and  spot fabrics and
plumbing fixtures, and clog pumps. A slime also builds up on any  surface that the water
containing  these organisms touches. Iron bacteria may be concentrated in a specific area
and may break loose and appear at the faucet in visible amounts of rust. Lines may need
86

-------
to be regularly flushed through hydrants  or other valves when such red, rusty water is
found.
     Iron-removal filters or water softeners can remove iron bacteria; however, they often
become clogged by the slime.  A disinfecting solution should be injected into the water to
control the growth of iron bacteria.  This causes iron particles to form.  These particles
can then be removed with a suitable fine filter.
Water Softening
     Water softening is  a  process for removing  minerals  (primarily  calcium and
magnesium) that cause hardness.
     It should be noted that the two softening processes discussed in this section will also
remove radium.  Where radium is removed, care must be taken to safely dispose the
treatment wastes.
     Softening of hard water is desirable if:

           Large amounts of soap are needed to produce a lather.
           Hard scale is formed on cooking utensils or laundry basins.
           Hard, chalk-like formations coat the interiors of piping or water tanks.
           Heat-transfer efficiency through the walls of the heating element or exchange
           unit of the water tank is reduced.

     The buildup of scale will reduce the amount of water and the level  of pressure a
pipe can carry.  Excessive scale from hard water is also unpleasant to look at. Experience
shows that hardness values much higher than 200 mg/L (12 grains per gallon) may cause
some household problems.
     Water may be softened by either the ion-exchange or the lime-soda ash process, but
both processes increase the sodium content of the water and may make it unfit for people
on a low-sodium diet.
     Ion Exchange. The ion-exchange process replaces calcium or magnesium ions with
sodium ions. The process  takes place when hard water containing calcium or magnesium
compounds comes in contact with  an exchange medium.  The materials used  in the
process of ion exchange are insoluble, granular materials that can perform  ion exchange.
Ion-exchange material may be classed as follows: glauconite (or greensand); precipitated
synthetic, organic (carbonaceous), and synthetic resins, or gel zeolites.  The last two are
the most commonly used for  centralized treatment of drinking  water.
     The type of ion-exchange  material to  use depends on the type of water treatment
needed.   For  example,  when a  sodium zeolite is  used to  soften water by exchanging
sodium ions for calcium and magnesium ions in the hard water, there will eventually be
too few sodium zeolite ions to complete the exchange. The hardness of the water entering
the unit and the water leaving (there should be zero hardness leaving) should be checked
regularly. After a certain  period of time (determined by the exchange rate), the sodium
zeolite must be recharged. The sodium ions are restored to the zeolite by passing a salt
(NaCl) or brine solution through the ion-exchange medium (bed). The salt solution used
must contain the same type  of ions (sodium) that were replaced  by the calcium  and
magnesium.  The salt solution reverses the ion-exchange  process, restoring the sodium
zeolite to its original condition.
                                                                               87

-------
     The type of recharge material or solution that must be used depends upon the type
of exchange material in the system.
     The ion-exchange method of softening water is fairly simple and can be used easily
by a small or individual water supply system.  Only part of the hard water needs to be
passed through the softening process because it can produce water of zero hardness which
could be corrosive.  The processed water can then be mixed back in with hard water to
produce a final water with a hardness of 50 to 80 mg/L (3 to 5 grains per gallon).  Water
with a turbidity of more than 5 NTUs (a measure of the turbidity of water) should first
be properly treated for removal of particles to increase the effectiveness and the efficiency
of the later softening process.
     If the bed turns an orange or rusty color,  iron fouling is becoming a problem.
Increasing  the tune of  the  recharge stage may help.  A chemical  cleanser (sodium
bisulfite) can also be used to remove heavy iron coatings from the media. The cleaner can
be added to the regenerating material or mixed hi solution form and poured into the
softener when the unit is out of service.  The softener should be rinsed before using it
again after this cleaning.
     Ion-exchange  softeners are commercially  available  for individual water systems.
Their capacities range from about 85,000 to 550,000 milligrams of hardness removed for
each cubic foot of ion-exchange material. Water softeners should only be installed by
qualified persons closely following the manufacturer's instructions and applicable codes.
The materials and workmanship should be guaranteed for a specified period of time. First
consideration should be given to companies that  provide responsible servicing  dealers
permanently located as  close  as possible to the water supply system.  Note:   Zeolite
softening is not recommended if any of the water consumers on a restricted sodium diet
for medical reasons.
     Lime-Soda Ash Process. The use  of the lime-soda ash process or the addition of
other chemicals may not be practical for a small water supply system. However, they may
be able to obtain  package plants that soften water.   Water used for laundry may be
softened at the time of use by adding  certain chemicals  such as borax, washing soda,
trisodiumphosphate, or ammonia. Commercial softening or water conditioning compounds
of unknown composition should not be used in  water  intended for drinking or cooking
without the advice of the state or local health  department.
Tastes and Odor Control
     Tastes and odors in an individual water supply system fall into two general classes-
natural  and man-made.   Some natural causes may be traced to algae, sulfate-reducing
bacteria, leaves, grass, decaying vegetation, dissolved gases, and slime-forming organisms.
Some of the man-made causes of taste and odor may be due to chemicals and sewage.
     Water having a "rotten egg" odor  means the presence of hydrogen  sulfide and is
commonly called sulfur water. In addition to its  unpleasant odor, sulfur water may cause
a black stain on plumbing fixtures. Hydrogen sulfide corrodes common metals and will
react with iron, copper, or silver to form the sulfides of these metals.
      Depending on the cause, taste and odor  can be removed or reduced by aeration or
by treatment with activated carbon, copper sulfate, or an oxidizing agent such as chlorine,
ozone, or  potassium  permanganate.  It should be noted  that chlorine may actually
increase, rather than reduce, tastes and odors.
88

-------
     Aeration. Aeration for control of tastes, odors and other substances is described in
the section above, entitled "Aeration." Hydrogen sulfide can be removed by a combination
oxidization-filtration process. A simple iron-removal filter will also do a good job if there
are only small amounts of hydrogen sulfide.
     Activated Carbon.  Activated carbon treatment involves  passing the water to be
treated through granular carbon, or adding powdered activated carbon to  the water.
Activated carbon adsorbs (attracts to  itself)  large quantities of dissolved gases, soluble
organics, and finely divided solids.  It is  extremely effective in taste and odor control.
Activated carbon can be used in carbon filters available from manufacturers or producers
of water-conditioning or treatment equipment.  The recommendations included with the
filter should be followed.
     Copper Sulfate.  The most frequent source of taste and odors in an individual water
supply system is algae, whose biological byproducts cause taste and odor problems. These
tastes and odors may increase when chlorine is added to the water. When algae is present
in a water supply, its growth can be controlled by adding  copper sulfate  to the water
source, as described in the section entitled "Nuisance Organisms".
     Because algae and other chlorophyll-containing plants need sunlight to  live, the
storage of water in covered reservoirs  inhibits their growth.
     Chlorine. Chlorine may be effective in reducing most tastes and odors in water. The
process is  the same as that described in the  section dealing  with "Superchlorination-
Dechlorination".
     Hydrogen sulfide odors in water may be caused by bacterial activity in distribution
lines or in water heaters. A chlorine residual maintained in the water distribution system,
and periodic  disinfection followed by flushing of water heater tanks,  may solve the
problem.
Corrosion  Control
     The control of corrosion is important to continuous and efficient operation of the
individual water system and to delivery of properly-conditioned water that has not picked
up traces of metals, such as lead (from solder and plumbing  fixtures),  that may be
hazardous to health. Whenever corrosion is lessened, maintenance and replacement costs
of water pipes, water heaters, or other metal parts of the system  are reduced.
     Corrosion is commonly defined  as an electrochemical reaction in which  metal is
worn away or is destroyed by contact with elements such  as  air,  water, or soil.  The
important characteristics of water that may affect its corrosiveness to metals include the
following:
     Acidity.  A measure of the water's ability to neutralize alkaline materials.  Water
with acidity or low alkalinity tends to be corrosive.
     Conductivity.  A measure of the amount of dissolved mineral salts.  An  increase  in
conductivity promotes the flow of electrical current and increases the rate of  corrosion.
     Oxygen Content.  Oxygen dissolved in water promotes corrosion by destroying the
thin protective hydrogen film that is present on the surface of metals in water.
     Carbon Dioxide. Carbon dioxide forms carbonic acid, which attacks metal surfaces.
     Water Temperatures.  The corrosion  rate increases with water temperature.
                                                                                89

-------
Corrosion and Scale Relationship
     Corrosion and scale often occur together, but they should not be confused. The
effect of corrosion is to destroy metal; scale, on the other hand, clogs open sections and
line surfaces with deposits. The products of corrosion often add to scale formation, thus
making the problem of treating corrosion more difficult.
Prevention of Corrosion
     When corrosion  is caused by acidity, it can be  controlled  by an acid neutralizer.
Another way to control corrosion is to  feed a small amount of commercially available
film-forming  material into the system.   Other methods of controlling corrosion  are the
installation of dielectric or insulating unions, reduction of water velocities and pressures,
removal of oxygen  or acid, chemical  treatment  to decrease  acidity, or  the  use of
nonmetallic piping and equipment.
     Physical Control.  Physical control of corrosion includes proper grounding and system
flushing.  Pipe surfaces may be attacked by electrolysis, biological  growth, or  general
chemical reactions.   Electrolysis  is the result  of the effects  of  grounded  electrical
equipment in the area, and normally corrodes the outside of a water pipe faster than the
inside.  Electrical equipment should not be grounded to plumbing, since this can greatly
increase corrosion.  Proper grounding, however, reduces this kind of corrosion. Flushing
removes bacteria from the system that  can stimulate corrosion.  Lead-free or low-lead
solder prevents corrosive water from leaching lead into the system.
      Chemical Control.  The pH of water can be increased with a neutralizing solution,
so that it no longer attacks parts of the water system or  contributes to electrolytic
corrosion.  Neutralizing solutions may be prepared by mixing soda ash (58 percent light
grade) with water (3 pounds soda ash to  4 gallons of water).  This solution can be  fed into
the water supply with feeders as described under "Chlorination," and can be mixed with
chlorine solutions to accomplish both pH correction and disinfection.  Soda ash is available
at chemical supply houses.
     A dosage  of lime, soda ash, or caustic soda can be used to adjust the pH of the
treated water and deposit a thin film of calcium carbonate on pipe  surfaces.  This thin
coating prevents corrosion of the metal  pipe.  The right pH for this kind of protection is
usually in the range of eight to nine.
      The right  dosage of film-forming materials  is most often  determined from past
experience with similar water.  A dosage of several milligrams per  liter is normally
required.
     Another  method of chemical control is  the  use of  a  limestone  contactor, or
neutralizing tank.  The limestone contactor looks like a water softener tank, except that
it contains limestone or marble chips. Acidic water reacts with these materials and slowly
dissolves them until they need  to be replaced.  This slow  dissolving  of  the  limestone
neutralizes the water, increases water hardness, and makes it less corrosive.
      The flow rate through a limestone contactor needs to be slow, to allow time for the
limestone to neutralize the water.  If it becomes necessary to use two contactors, they
should be connected in parallel to provide  the most neutralizing capacity.
      Maintenance of a contactor requires backwashing, sometimes as often as every other
day, to loosen and clean the limestone.   Because the  limestone is heavy, high backwash
flows may be necessary.  The limestone  should be inspected annually and stone added to
replace the dissolved stone.
90

-------
     Corrosion control chemicals are the last to be added during water treatment.  This
is mainly because the pH for successful coagulation and chlorination is much lower than
the pH for noncorrosive water. As another example, calcium carbonate film can form on
the filter media and would interfere with proper filtration.
Nuisance Organisms
     Organisms that are known to cause  problems in water supplies include several
species of algae, protozoa, and diatoms that produce tastes and odors and clog filters.
Iron bacteria plug water well  intakes and clog pipes in distribution  systems (see Iron
Bacteria  Removal, Page 86). Other nuisance organisms are copepoda, whose eggs can
pass through filters; midge larvae  or  bloodworms; and snails and  mollusca.  These
organisms vary in complexity and size.  They are uncommon or absent in ground water,
but are common in surface water.
     Presence  of nuisance organisms may not be dangerous to health. Interference with
water treatment processes,  and unpleasant taste,  odor and appearance  are the chief
complaints against them.  The  following treatment process  for their control can create a
harmful condition if not done properly. Before adding chemicals to a surface water, check
with local water protection officials  and  secure any necessary permits.
     Control of Algae. Algae can be controlled by treating the water with copper sulfate
(blue stone or blue vitriol) or, when possible, by covering the water storage unit to block
sunlight.  Maintenance of an adequate chlorine residual will control the growth of algae
and other organisms  as long as the storage unit is covered and protected from contamina-
tion.  The particular control method, or combination of methods, should be chosen by
studying  each case to assess the probability of success and  the cost involved.
     Copper sulfate has been successfully used  for the  control of algae since 1900.
Temperature, pH  and  alkalinity all  affect the solubility of copper in  water, so  that the
dosage needed depends on the chemistry of the water treated and how effective copper
is  against the particular nuisance organism.  Dosage rates of 1 ounce of copper sulfate
(CuSO4' 5H2O) for each 25,000 gallons of water have worked where the total alkalinity of
the water does  not exceed 40 mg/L  (40 ppm).  For more alkaline waters, the dosage can
be increased to 5.5 pounds of copper sulfate per acre of surface water treated regardless
of depth.  Caution should be taken when adding copper sulfate  to water since high
concentrations  (in excess  of those suggested to control algae) can kill fish or  even be
unsafe for human consumption.  The copper level should not exceed 1.3 mg/L.
     Frequency of treatment depends on temperature, amount of sunlight, and nutrients
in the water.  Applying the correct amount  of chemical regularly over the  entire surface
will keep serious algal blooms from coming back.  Several treatments per season are
generally required, with  treatments  as frequent as twice a month during the  growing
season.
     The most practical  method of application for small ponds is by spraying it on the
surface.  Or, a burlap bag of copper sulfate can be dragged through the water. Rapid and
even spreading of the chemical is important.
     It should be noted that the sudden death of heavy growths of algae may be followed
by decomposition on a scale that uses up the oxygen in the water.  If the removal ol
oxygen is too great, a fish kill may result.
     Any chemical applied to  control a  problem with nuisance organisms must be used
with caution.  The concentrations recommended above will affect only a portion of the life
                                                                               91

-------
system.  Large  amounts of chemicals may be  a danger to other life forms in the
environment. If there is any doubt about the effects that treatment might have on other
Me systems, one should ask the responsible environmental agencies.
     Tastes and odors in water can usually be removed by passing the previously filtered
and chlorinated surface water  through an activated carbon filter. These filters may be
helpful in improving the  taste of small quantities of previously treated water used for
drinking or cooking.  They also adsorb  excess chlorine.  Carbon filters can be bought
commercially and need regular servicing.
     Carbon filters should not be expected to be a substitute for  sand filtration and
disinfection, however.  They are not able to reliably filter raw surface water and will clog
rapidly when filtering turbid water.
     Weed Control.  The growth of weeds around a pond should be controlled by cutting
or pulling.  Before weedkillers  are used, the local health department should be contacted
for advice, since herbicides often contain compounds that are highly toxic to humans and
animals. Algae in the pond should be controlled, particularly the blue-green types that
produce scum and unpleasant  odors and that, in unusual instances, may harm livestock.

PACKAGE  PLANTS
     Many small water treatment facilities use "package plants" which can be purchased
as  individual unit  process modules or as a complete preassembled unit from a single
manufacturer (see Figure 16).  Such package plants are available  from a number of
manufacturers. They are most commonly supplied for filtration and removal of dissolved
iron and manganese. The package plant usually includes all treatment equipment, pumps,
chemical feeders, and control instrumentation.  As soon as the water pipes and electrical
power have been connected, the plant is ready to operate. Some package plants are also
fully automated.
     The package plant option is frequently a  good, quick choice to provide needed
treatment.  Many  plants  can be tailored to the specific treatment needs  of a particular
source water. They also provide a design and equipment that are effective and reliable
in the  field.  Some states, however, require that  package plant installations be formally
reviewed and approved by appropriate agencies in order to  certify that the plant design
will meet specific requirements.
     Many package  plants do not  operate automatically.  Those systems that are
automated to some extent by instrumentation require maintenance, repairs, and process
control changes by trained personnel. Such "automatic" plants  are also easily upset by
sudden changes in source water quality.
     A typical package plant is skid mounted from the factory and includes provisions for
feeding a coagulant  chemical  and a filter aid polymer  before  some type  of filtration.
Liquid hypochlorite or chlorine gas feed equipment can also be included.  Manufacturers
can also make provisions for the addition of other chemicals such as carbon, potassium
permanganate, soda ash,  caustic soda, or lime.
     Filter backwash supply pumps are usually included, although backwash water is not.
This can be provided by the finished water clearwell.  Filter backwashing may be started
by  filter headloss (resistance to flow), time clocks, or manually.
92

-------

ve   £ 5
<—i   -s ^
    Jl
    «l
    H Q

    s
    s
    u.
            93

-------
HOUSEHOLD WATER TREATMENT
     Household treatment can be either point-of-use (POU) or point-of-entry (POE)
equipment.  POU devices treat water at a single tap near the location where the water is
used. They are directly connected to a tap and are only for drinking and cooking water.
POE treatment devices are designed to improve the microbiological or chemical quality
of all water entering a household.  Some  POE devices are used specifically for radon
removal, such as carbon filters and aeration units.
     Most  of the  household water  treatment  methods  described  below  are  more
completely discussed in the previous water treatment sections, which deal with central
water treatment systems.
     The National Sanitation Foundation  (NSF) tests POE and POU household water
treatment units and lists those which have passed their testing procedure. Although the
NSF evaluation is voluntary, many reputable manufacturers have their equipment tested
by NSF.
Water Softeners
     The most common type of water softeners exchange positively charged ions (i.e., ions
that cause "hardness" and rust stains), with sodium by passing water through a softening
resin.  After a period  of time,  the  resin must be recharged by flushing a sodium  salt
solution through  the softener.  Sometimes, other salt  solutions can be used, such as
potassium salts.
     As mentioned above, softening may add sodium salt to drinking water. Softening
only the hot water, leaving the  cold drinking water untreated,  will avoid this problem.
Softening can also make water more corrosive, requiring more repairs to equipment and,
possibly, increasing the levels of corrosion by-products in the water. Occasional "flushing"
of water at the tap will help solve the second problem.
Physical Filters
     These can be made of fabric, fiber, ceramic screening, or other material. Some can
remove microorganisms (cysts, larger bacteria) and very small particles (asbestos fibers);
but  most only remove  larger particles  like grit, dirt or rust.   Maintenance includes
monitoring the filter performance and changing cartridge filters as needed.
Activated Carbon Filters
     Activated carbon filters are available in several forms: granular activated carbon
(GAC), powdered activated carbon (PAC), PAC coated paper filters, and pressed carbon
block filters. Activated carbon can remove many organic chemical contaminants, tastes,
odors and color.  Organics that are less soluble in water  are removed  easier than soluble
ones.  Activated  carbon is not usually  a  good  system for removing microorganisms.
Therefore, activated carbon filters by themselves, are not recommended for use with water
which is microbiologically unsafe.
     Some POE units have been used to remove radon from household water. However,
because granular activated carbon (GAC) "collects" the radioactive byproducts of radon,
this method of treatment (i.e., GAC) should not be used where levels of radon greater
than 1,000 pCi/L are found in the source water.  Aeration of household water would be
more suitable for radon removal.
     Depending on your treatment needs, either a point-of-use (POU) or a point-of-entry
(POE) unit may be used. For taste and odor reduction or organics removal, a POU unit
94

-------
would treat  only  the  drinking  water at the tap while a  POE  unit would remove
contaminants from all of the water entering the home.
      If proper maintenance is not followed, contaminants may be able to pass through
the filter into the drinking water. As  such, carbon filters have a limited life and should
be replaced regularly.  Bacteria can collect and multiply on the filter's surface.  Periods
of non-use, especially in warm areas,  promote  bacterial growth which  can lead to
unpleasant tastes or odors in the filtered water.
Reverse Osmosis (R.O.)
      A complete R.O. point-of-use system consists of an R.O. module and a storage tank.
However, many home R.O. systems include one or two activated carbon filter components.
The R.O. module, the  heart of the system, contains a semi-permeable membrane which
allows treated water to pass through it and collect in the storage tank.  Other chemicals
and particles are rejected and flushed to waste.  R.O. is effective for removing most
contaminants such as salts,  metals (including lead), asbestos,  nitrates, and organics.
      For every four gallons of water fed into an average small household R.O. treatment
unit, only about one gallon of drinking water is produced.  The  other  three gallons of
water contain the  removed contaminants and is  waste water.  A small treated-water
storage tank is used with an R.O. system because of the low pressure and flow from the
treatment unit.
      Water treated with the  R.O. process is corrosive and  might dissolve metal from
plumbing or  faucets.   R.O. systems  which  use  cellulose acetate membranes  are  not
recommended for use on microbiologically unsafe water, partly because some organisms
might leak through broken membranes.   Bacteria can damage cellulose acetate R.O.
membranes and cause them to fail if the manufacturer's recommendations on proper care
and maintenance are not followed.
Ultraviolet (UV) Treatment
     A UV unit is actually rather simple. Its main part is a UV light source, enclosed
in a protective transparent sleeve, mounted so that the water can pass by and be exposed
to the light. UV light in sufficient intensity for a long enough time can destroy bacteria
and inactivate viruses.  UV is not intended to control Giardia lamblia and other cysts.
      Ultraviolet light produces no taste or odor, and treats without adding chemicals to
the water.  However, once the water  passes through the unit, there is no disinfectant
residual in the water to prevent bacteria from regrowing if the water is stored.  Turbidity,
dirt build-up  on the transparent parts of the unit and other visible  contaminants  can
degrade  the  performance of UV treatment.   Regular inspection and maintenance is
necessary.
Maintenance of Household Units
     More  sophisticated household  systems  can combine  two or  more  treatment
technologies so that the faults of one technology can be covered by another.  However,
this increases both the initial cost of purchase and  the operating/maintenance costs over
the life of the system.
     Neglected maintenance is probably the biggest problem with home water treatment.
It is important to be familiar with the maintenance requirements of each treatment unit.
Some units require more maintenance than others. All should be maintained according
to the manufacturer's recommendations.  Some  units have dealer or manufacturer
maintenance  contracts available to ensure proper operation over the life of the unit.
                                                                               95

-------
     Each water supply and each water treatment unit is different.  Consequently, one
cannot assume that a specific unit will be the right one in every case.  The National
Sanitation Foundation (NSF)J, which has a voluntary testing program for POU and POE
treatment units, is a good point of contact.  In the absence of independent testing and
listing, as by NSF, one should carefully review the data and claims for the units under
consideration and get  a  specific written performance guarantee from the seller.

TREATMENT WASTE  DISPOSAL
     Proper design and operation of a water system includes the treatment and disposal
of any wastes that are produced (which may be sludges or concentrated liquids).  The
various waste products,  and their recommended treatment and  disposal, are shown as
follows:
Type of
waste
Alum sludge
Lime sludge
Diatomic filter sludge
Filter backwash water
R.O./BD/EDR Concentrate
Ion exchange brine
Sludge
lagoon1
X
X
X
X


Sanitary
Sewer
X
X
X

X
X
Drying
beds
X
X
X



Evaporation
ponds




X
X
           Followed by landfilling at approved site (or other bcnifical use)
     It is also possible  to discharge wastes back to their  original  raw water source.
Caution must be taken to prevent the treatment wastes from re-entering the water system,
such as by discharging upstream of the water intake  or into  lakes where the wastes can
collect and re-enter the treatment process.  Discharge of this nature may  also require
federal, state or local permits. Waste storage areas should also be located  far from the
water source intake to prevent contamination of the supply.
     Similarly, sand  or other spent filter media should be properly disposed of in a
landfill or other approved site.  Check with your State regulatory agency  to verify the
correct means of disposal of this material in your area.
Sludge De-watering Lagoons
     Lagoons are simply shallow sedimentation holding ponds. Sludge is introduced and
allowed to slowly settle to the bottom while the clear  supernatant (top layer), is regularly
drawn off and discharged to an approved receiving water.  Lagoons are usually designed
to provide several years of storage, after which the sludge can be allowed to air dry and
then be removed and properly landfilled or applied to some  beneficial use.
Disposal to  Sanitary  Sewers
     Disposing of sludge into a sewer merely moves the place of treatment and final
disposal to a wastewater treatment plant.  Considerations in this case include the limits
      National Sanitation Foundation, 3475 Plymouth Road, P.O. Box 1468, Ann Arbor, MI 48106.
96

-------
of sewers to handle the waste, the ability of the wastewater treatment facility or septic
system receiving the waste, and possible metering of the waste flows for accurate payment
to the wastewater facility.
Sand Drying Beds
     Liquid sludge  can be spread  over large, open sand beds  with  water removal
occurring by gravity drainage, and evaporation.  Dried sludge is then manually removed
when it becomes too thick to allow the water to pass through, and disposed of at a landfill.
Evaporation Ponds
     Ion exchange and membrane processes produce a liquid concentrate (brine) stream
that may not be allowed to discharge to a sewer.  The concentrate must therefore be
discharged to a lined pond where the liquid portion is evaporated, similar to a sludge de-
watering lagoon, but with fewer solids.  Evaporation ponds are therefore best suited  to
hot, arid climates. Other disposal methods include  well injection into a  salty (brackish)
aquifer, brackish surface water discharge, and spray irrigation after blending with water
which has fewer dissolved solids (lower TDS).
                                                                                97

-------

-------
               PartV
                         Pumping,  Distribution
                         and  Storage
TYPES OF WELL  PUMPS
     Three types of pumps are commonly used in small and individual water distribution
systems.  They are: positive displacement, centrifugal, and jet.  These pumps can be used
in either a ground- or surface-source water system.  In areas where electricity or other
power  (gasoline, diesel oil, solar or  windmill) is available, it may be better to use a
power-driven pump.  Where that is not possible, a hand pump or some other manual
method of supplying water must be used.
     Special types of pumps with  limited applications  for small and individual water
supply systems include air lift pumps and hydraulic rams.
Positive Displacement Pump
     The positive displacement pump delivers water at a constant rate regardless of the
pressure it must overcome or the distance it must travel.  These pumps are of several
types.
     Reciprocating Pump.  This pump consists of a mechanical device which moves a
plunger back and forth in  a closely-fitted cylinder.  The plunger is driven by the power
source, and the power motion is converted from a rotating action to a back-and-forth
motion by the combined work of a speed reducer, crank, and a  connecting rod.  The
cylinder, composed of a cylinder wall, plunger, and check valve, should be located near or
below the static water level to eliminate the need for priming. The pumping action begins
when the water enters the cylinder.  When the piston moves, the intake valve closes, and
forces the water through a check valve, into the plunger. With each stroke of the plunger,
water is forced toward the surface through the discharge pipe.
     Helical or Spiral Rotor Pump.  The  helical rotor consists of a shaft with a helical
(spiral) surface which rotates in a rubber sleeve.  As the shaft turns, it pockets or traps
the water between the shaft and the sleeve and forces it to the upper end of the sleeve.
     Regenerative Turbine Pump.  Other types of positive displacement pumps include the
regenerative turbine type.  It incorporates a rotating wheel, or "impeller", which has a
series of blades or fins (sometimes called buckets) on its outer edge. The wheel is inside
a stationary enclosure called a raceway or casting. Pressures several times that of pumps
reiving solely on centrifugal force can be developed.
Centrifugal Pump
     Centrifugal pumps are pumps containing a rotating impeller mounted  on a shaft
turned by the power source. The rotating impeller increases the velocity of the water and
                                                                              99

-------
discharges it into a surrounding casing shaped to slow down the flow of the water and
convert the velocity to pressure.
     Each impeller and its casing is called a stage.  The number of stages necessary for
a particular installation will be determined by the pressure needed for the operation of the
water system, and the height the water must be raised from the surface of the water
source to the point of use.
     When more pressure is needed than can be furnished by a single stage, additional
stages  are used.  A pump with more than one stage is called a multistage pump. In a
multistage pump, water passes  through each stage in succession, with an increase in
pressure at each stage.
     Multistage pumps commonly used in individual water systems are of the turbine and
submersible types.
     Turbine Pump.  The vertical-drive turbine pump consists of one or more stages with
the pumping unit located below the drawdown level of the water source. A vertical shaft
connects the pumping assembly to a drive mechanism  located above  the pumping
assembly.  The discharge casing, pump-housing, and inlet screen are suspended from the
pump base at the ground surface. The intermediate pump bearings may be lubricated by
either oil or water.  From a sanitary point of view, lubrication of pump bearings by water
is preferred, since lubricating oil may leak and contaminate the  water.
     Submersible Pump. When a centrifugal pump is driven by a closely- coupled electric
motor  constructed  for underwater  operation  as  a single unit, it is called a  submersible
pump. (See Figure  17)   The  electrical wiring to the submersible motor must be
waterproof. The electrical control should be properly grounded to minimize the possibility
of shorting and  damaging the entire unit.  Since the pump and motor assembly are
supported by the discharge pipe, the pipe should be large enough so that there is no
possibility of breakage.
     The turbine or submersible pump forces water directly into the water distribution
system. Therefore, the pump assembly must be located below the maximum drawdown
level.  This type of pump can deliver water across  a wide  range of pressures;  the only
limiting factor is the size of the unit and the horsepower applied.  When sand is present
or anticipated in the water source, special precautions should be taken before this type of
pump  is used since the grinding action of the sand during pumping will shorten the life
of the  pump.
Jet (Ejector) Pump
     Jet pumps are  actually combined centrifugal and ejector pumps. A portion of the
discharged water from the centrifugal pump is  diverted through a nozzle and  "venturi
tube",  which has lower pressure  than the surrounding area. Therefore, water from the
source (well) flows into this area of reduced pressure.  The speed of the water from the
nozzle pushes it through the  pipe toward the surface, where the  centrifugal pump can lift
it by suction. The centrifugal pump then forces it into the distribution system. (See Figure
18)
Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Pump
     Solar powered pump systems  include a photovoltaic (PV) array (the power source),
a motor and a pump. The array is made up of solar PV cells mounted to form modules
which  are then wired together. The solar PV cells convert sunlight directly into electricity,
which  drives the pump. There are several types of solar pumping systems:  submersible,
 100

-------
         Power Cable
         Drop Pipe Connection
                .Check Valve



                  . Pump Casing

                  'Inlet Screen
               Diffusers 8 Impellers'
                   Inlet Body
                    Power Leads
                     Motor Shaft
                 Motor Section
         ' Lubricant  Seal
FIGURE 17. - Exploded view of submersible pump.
                                                          101

-------
                                                                          Pressure
                                                                          Switch
                                                                            Regulating
                                                                            Pressure Gage
                                                                              T\ Discharge
                          FIGURE 18. - 'Ow-the-well'jetpump  installation.
102

-------
  vertical turbine, floating suction and centrifugal suction pump1. Figure 19 shows two types
  of solar installations.
       The most common kinds of pumps used in PV systems are self-priming centrifugal
  pumps, submersible centrifugal pumps, and positive-displacement (reciprocating piston)
  pumps.
       The amount of water output for  a PV  pump  depends upon  the strength of the
  sunlight  falling  on the PV  array, the  total pumping pressure,  and the  operating
  temperature of the array.  More intense  sunlight produces  more electrical output and
  more water.  On the other hand, turbidity reduces sunlight and water output.  At times
  when no water can be pumped, the system needs a backup system,  or battery bank for
  electrical  power.  Solar pumps require a water storage system so that water  will be
  available to users during  periods of reduced  sunlight.  Energy can  be stored either
  electrically (using batteries) or hydraulically (water in storage tank).
  Wind Pump
       Wind pumping systems, or windmills, convert the energy in wind into mechanical or
  electrical  energy to  drive a  pump (Figure  20).  The  energy systems are  generally
  subdivided into two divisions:  horizontal or  vertical-axis machines (rotor axis),  and
  electrical or mechanical. The most common wind pump, the horizontal-axis wind wheel,
  converts wind power to rotary shaft power of the axis.  A windmill "head"  changes the
  rotary motion of the axis to a vertical back-and-forth motion. This windmill "head" is
        Photovoltaic stray
                                                                     motor
                      FIGURE 19. - Typical solar puny system.1
Renewable Energy Sources for Rural Water Supply.IRC International Reference Center for
Community Water Supply and Sanitation, December 1986.
                                                                              103

-------
                                        Rotor
                                      (A) Mechanically coupled wind pump
                                      (B) Electrically coupled wind pump
                                FIGURE 20. - Typical wind powered pumps.

                    From "Renewable Energy Sources for Rural Water Supply" IRC International
                    Reference Center for Community Water Supply and Sanitation, December 1986.
104

-------
mounted on a tower usually built of preformed steel.  A "tail" attached to the head allows
the windmill to track the changes in wind direction and stop turning during high winds
with the aid of a brake. The horizontal axis mechanical system is generally used with a
reciprocating piston pump.  The other type of wind pump, the vertical axis design, has
proven ineffective in pumping water.
     The single most important factor  is  the wind speed  at the site.   There is no
guarantee that a specific amount of water will  be delivered over a given period of time
because of variations in wind direction, frequency, and speeds. A storage tank is needed
to hold enough water for three to four days to  insure availability of water to users.
Hand Pump
     All hand pumps depend on human power and therefore have a limited pumping rate
and pressure range compared to other mechanical systems. Hand pumps (Figure 21) may
be used to deliver water to the wellhead or to a storage tank. Other versions include hand
pumps that deliver to stand pipes, or yard-tap distribution systems.  There are  four
categories of hand pumps: high-lift positive displacement pumps, intermediate lift pumps,
low lift pumps and suction pumps.
     High-Lift Pump.  The most common  high-lift  pumps are deep-well reciprocating
piston pumps, progressive cavity pumps and deep-well diaphragm pumps.
      The deep-well reciprocating piston pumps usually have underwater pump cylinders
and are operated with lever-arm pump handles. They can lift water from up to about 600
feet (180 meters).
      The progressive cavity pump works using a rotor turning within a fixed housing that
forces water up a pipe. The deep-well diaphragm design pump uses a flexible membrane
that is repeatedly stretched and relaxed mechanically to provide the pumping  action.
These pumps are especially effective for  sandy or silty water. However,  they are more
complex and expensive then the reciprocating piston pump.
      Intermediate-Lift/Low-Lift Pumps.   The low and  intermediate lift pumps are
simplified versions of the high-lift pumps. Direct-action systems are suitable only for lifts
of  up to approximately 40 feet (12 meters) because the pumper does not  have the
advantage of a lever arm.  These low-lift pumps are used in areas requiring less than 400
gallons per  day (1.5 M3/day).
      Suction Pump. These pumps operate by creating a partial vacuum to pull the water
upward.  They are typically used for very low heads and lift water no more than about 22
feet (7 meters).
Other Types of Pumps
      An air-lift pump (Figure 22) uses bubbles of compressed air, injected at the base of
a discharge pipe, to raise water up to the surface.  A fairly high air pressure (increasing
with depth) is  needed to inject  compressed  air  into  the  submerged discharge pipe.
Therefore, a great deal of power is needed to run the compressor. Advantages of this
system include its simplicity, and the fact that it is not damaged by sand or silt, which are
common in some wells.  Also, the  mechanical equipment  (the compressor) is above
ground, and may be used to operate other air-lift pumped wells nearby, as needed.
      A hydraulic ram lifts water to a location  higher than the surface or stored  supply.
It is a simple device that requires no external power supply, and is most suitable  in hilly
areas. The hydraulic ram converts pressure surges into energy, which forces water into
a delivery pipe.  It operates at peak efficiency if the supply pressure is about 1/3 of the


                                                                             105

-------
                                                  SUCTION PUMP (SHALLOW WELL)
                     tTUFFINO MX

                        TRAPTUK


                 •POUT VALVf—"i
                           FORCE PUMP ON SHALLOW WELL
                                                                 FORCE PUMP ON DEEP WELL
106
FIGURE 21. - Typical hand pumps.

   From International Reference Center
      Technical  Paper No. 18 (1987)

-------
                                                     COMPRESSOR
                                                     ED PIPE
                         FIGURE 22. - Typical air lift pump.
                 From International Reference Center, Technical Paper No. 18;
                         Adapted from Hofkes and Visscher (1987)

delivery pressure.  The parts of the hydraulic ram are shown in Figure 23.

SELECTION OF PUMPING EQUIPMENT
     The type of pump for a particular installation should be chosen on the basis of the
following considerations:

     1.    Well or water source capacity.
     2.    Daily needs and peak demand flows of the users.
     3.    The "usable water" in the pressure or storage tank.
     4.    Quality  of water (presence of sand, turbidity,  etc.).
     5.    Size and alignment of the well casing.
     6.    Difference in elevation between ground level and water level in the well during
           pumping.  In other words, how high (vertically) do we have to pump the
           water? (Static pressure).
     7.    Total operating pressure of the pump at normal delivery rates, including lift
           and all friction losses.
     8.    Piping or hose length involved. How far (horizontally) do we have to pump
           the water?
     9.    Availability of electric power, or other energy source (e.g., solar, wind).
     10.   Ease of maintenance and availability of replacement parts.
     11.   First cost and economy of operation.
     12.   Reliability of pumping equipment.

                                                                               107

-------
  STROKE
  BOLT
  ADJUSTMENT
                     FIGURE 23. - Typical hydraulic ram.
                   From International Reference Center, Technical Paper No. 18;
                           Adapted from Hoflces and Visscher (1987)
108

-------
     In the case of solar  and wind powered pumps,  there are additional factors  to
consider. These include, for example, the average sunlight strength (in order to estimate
solar array size), or estimated wind speeds at the site and at the height of the windmill
(before designing a wind powered system).
     The rate of water delivery required depends on both the time the pump has been
operating and the total water usage between periods of pumping. Total water use can be
determined from Table 3 (page 19).  The period of pump operation depends  on the
quantity of water on hand to meet peak demands and the storage available. If the well
yield permits, a pump capable of meeting the peak demand should be used.
     When the well yield is low compared to peak demand requirements, an increase in
the storage capacity is  required.  Excessive starting and stopping will shorten the life of
an electric drive motor. Therefore, the water system  should be designed so that the
interval between starting and  stopping is as long as is  possible, but not less than one
minute.
     Counting the number of fixtures in the home permits a ready determination  of
required pump capacity from Figure 24. For example, a home with kitchen sink, toilet,
bathtub, wash basin, automatic clothes washer, laundry tub and two outside hose spigots,
has a total of eight fixtures.  Referring to the figure, it is seen that eight fixtures requires
a recommended pump capacity between 9 and 11  gallons per minute.  The lower value
should be the minimum. The higher value might be preferred if additional fire protection
is desired,  or if garden irrigation or farm use is planned (see Table 9).  (Note:  This
simple calculation does not take into account the possibility that low well capacity may
limit the size of pump that should be installed. In this case, the system can be supplement-
ed with additional storage to help cover periods of peak demand.
     The total "operating head", or operating pressure, of a pump consists of the "lift"
(vertical distance from pumping level of the water source to the pump), elevation (vertical
distance from  pump to highest point of water delivery), any friction losses in the pipe
and fittings between the water source and pump (depends upon rate of flow, length, size,
type of pipe, and on the number and type of fittings), and the discharge pressure at the
pump (vertical height to which water would be raised without any outflow).  For general
purposes, the total head of the average system is the sum of the static head, or pressure,
plus friction losses in the system.  (See Figure 25)
     Pumps that cannot be completely submerged during pumping use suction to raise
water from the source by reducing the pressure in the  pump  column,  creating suction.
The vertical distance from the source (pumping level) to the axis of the pump is called the
"suction lift", and for practical purposes cannot exceed between 15 and 25 feet (depending
on the design of the pump and its altitude above sea level).
     Shallow well pumps should be installed with a foot valve at the bottom of the  suction
line or with a check valve in the suction line  in order to maintain pump prime.
     The selection of a pump for any specific installation should be based on competent
advice. Authorized factory representatives of pump manufacturers are among those best
qualified to provide this service.
                                                                              109

-------
3
aa









n


isadvantages
a

dvantages
<
ill
:* U a
— C 4)
3 3 Q
3 **

C

*w C yl~N
E -i0
i- 5
tfl
I
0.
"o

,—
'G
ca
o
K
>s
•g

3
I


Pulsating discharge.
-;

Positive action.
rH
i.
i
S
c •
'§> S
* ^3
!••&


i a

•o
Subject to vibration an
noise.
ri

Discharge against
variable heads.
c4

2
V
§•
?

o

B
09
0.
II

£
Maintenance cost may
high.
m

Pumps water containing
sand and silt.
m
X^
7 ^»
^S 1 =
•- 1 •* s
is js 81

2 S «* *o
V) C tt >^
c B a _
— .2 g —

._ = C c 1-
3 III I


May cause destruction
pressure if operated
against closed valve.
•»
*
Especially adapted to lot
capacity and high lifts.
rr
i!!

c
a
a
d


5"








II
Reciprocating:
1. Shallow well
2. Deep well



Ul
0.
£
a.
^
_u


£•


CO
e
a.
-i

}
T-J
1
st
*/7
£ C
&J
S 19
^ -
S Q<
•s =
S "2
s f!
I-8
S. -2
2 Sd
i
O -0
Efficiency depends on
ating under design hea
and speed.
es
e
V
Pumps water containing
sand and silt.
Pressure on system is ev
and free from stock.
c4 m

£
1
3
S
0.
C



3
T3
a

I
C/l
i
A
-;
T3
Low-starting torque.
Usually reliable and goo
service life.
Same as straight centri-
*T V) r*
i

3
o
c

(0
0,
s


1

on
c
i
c
Q.
'5
e
a,
1


V
2
5
'3
a.
I



•c

0
IL
2



8 _!
> a
V 3


1

e
for pumping water conta
ng sand or silt.
They are self-priming.
•~ ri











X.1 &
0 T3 JS "S
Efficiency depends on
ating under design hea
speed.
Requires straight well
enough for turbine bov
i-J 
-------
                                        -   a,
                                      3 O 'S •& S1
                                      u S S a |

                                      < .E E J o.
gn:
  S '

  a '

nd

ical.
1*


Lubrica

of shaft
.
       il
  •-"  r>i
                                >-

                                P -o
                                   T3

                                   S
                 2 2 a
                 2 e »
                 r s^
                 8 u *. .«
                 s-a s i
S Ml
40
i c

jg g-
           '
1    -*

1 8 * ? .1

*1;«1
t8JB*

Hi

ft
a a
~ oi
                                        D.
                                 a <^ s
                                <-< r4  m

                                     &
               2|
               al
                ^
                       ft
                       3I
  Ji
                                      H
                                      e-.a
                                     le
                                 e
                                 OL,
                                                111

-------
112

-------
1


J


*
Friction Head Loss
Pressu
i
StotH
^
^z-

Head
    I    1
    ?    £>
    :c    «5
    I    a
    °    s

    I    I
FIGURE 25. - Components of total operating head in well pump installations.
                                                                   113

-------
SANITARY PROTECTION  OF  PUMPING FACILITIES
     The pump  equipment  for  either power-driven or  manual  systems  should be
constructed and installed  to  prevent the entrance of contamination or objectionable
material either into the well or into the water that is being pumped.
     The pump base or enclosure should be designed so that it is possible to install a
sanitary well seal within the well cover or casing.  The pump head or enclosure should be
designed to prevent pollution  of the water by lubricants or other maintenance materials
used during operation.  Pollution  from hand contact, dust,  rain, birds, flies, rodents or
animals, and similar sources should be prevented from reaching the water chamber of the
pump or the source of supply.
     Design should  facilitate maintenance and repair, and include  enough overhead
clearance for removing the drop pipe and other accessories.
     The pumping portion of the assembly should be installed near or below the static
water level in the well so that priming will not be necessary.  If necessary, frost protection
should be considered in designing pump drainage within the well.
     When planning for sanitary protection of a pump, specific considerations must be
made for each installation.  The points below should be considered.
     The only check valve between the pump and storage  should be located within the
well, or at least upstream from any portion of a buried discharge line. This will ensure
that the discharge line at any point will remain under positive system pressure at all points
of contact-whether or not  the pump is operating. There should be no. check valve at the
inlet to the pressure tank or elevated storage tank. These requirements would not apply
to a concentric piping system,  in which the external pipe is constantly under system
pressure.  Many pumps (submersibles, jets) usually have check valves installed within the
well.
     A well vent is recommended on all wells not having a packer-type jet pump.  The
vent prevents a partial vacuum inside the well casing as the pump lowers the water level
in the well.  (The packer-type jet installation cannot have a well vent, since the casing is
under positive system pressure.) The well vent-whether built into the sanitary well cover
or routed to a point some distance from the well-should be protected from mechanical
damage, have watertight connections, and be resistant  to corrosion, vermin, and rodents.
     The opening of the well vent should be located not less than 24 inches above the
highest known flood level. It should be screened with durable  and corrosion-resistant
materials (bronze or stainless  steel No. 24 mesh) or otherwise constructed so that insects
and vermin are kept  out.
     Certain types of power pumps require that the water be introduced into the pumping
system, either to prime the pump or to lubricate rubber bearings that have become dry
while the pump was inoperative. Water used for priming or lubricating should be free of
contamination.
     It is a good idea to provide a water-sampling tap on the discharge line from power
pumps.
 114

-------
INSTALLATION OF  PUMPING EQUIPMENT
     Where and how the pump and power unit are mounted depend primarily on the type
of pump employed.  The vertical turbine centrifugal pump, with the power source located
directly over the well and the pumping assembly submerged in the well, is gradually being
replaced by the submersible unit, where both the power unit (electric motor) and the
pump are  submerged. Similarly, the jet pump is gradually giving way to the submersible
pump for  deeper installations because of the latter's superior  performance and better
operating  economy.
Vertical Turbine Pump
     In the vertical turbine pump installation, the power unit (usually an electric motor)
is installed directly over the well casing.  The pump portion is submerged within the well,
and the two are connected by a shaft in the pump column. The pump column supports
the bearing system for the drive shaft and brings the pumped water to the surface.  (See
Figure 26)
     Since the long shaft must  rotate at high speed  (1,800 to 3,600 rpm), correct
alignment of the motor, shaft, and pump is vital to good performance and long life of the
equipment.  There are two main points to consider in installing the pump correctly. The
first is correct and stable positioning of the power unit. The second is the straightness or
vertical positioning of the pump column within the well.
     Since concrete slabs  tend to  deteriorate, settle, or crack from weight and vibration,
it is usually better to attach the discharge head to the well casing. Figure 25 shows one
way to accomplish this.  For smoothest operation and  minimum wear, the plate (and
discharge  head) should be mounted perpendicular to the axis  of the pump column as
pump and column hang in the well.  If the casing is perfectly vertical, the pump column
axis and the well axis coincide, and a perfect installation  results. It sometimes happens,
though, that the well is not perfectly vertical.   In this case,  it is necessary to adjust the
position of the plate so that the axis of the pump column is as close as possible to the axis
of the well.  If there is enough room inside the casing (and this is one of the reasons for
installing larger casing), there is a better chance that the pump  and  column will be able
to hang perfectly vertical-or at least be able to operate smoothly.  Once the correct
position of the plate is determined, it is welded to the well casing. The discharge head is
then bolted securely to the support plate.
     As explained under "Sanitary Construction of Wells" on Page 52, sanitary well seals
or covers  are available to seal the well casing against contamination.  However,  some
designs make it difficult or  impossible to  measure water levels within  the well.  This
deficiency should be corrected by welding an access pipe to the side of the casing, to
permit insertion of a water-level measuring device. First, a hole is cut in the casing at a
point far enough below the top to permit clear access  past  the discharge  head  of the
pump.  The angle between the access pipe and the casing should be small enough to allow
free entry  of the measuring line. The minimum inside diameter of the pipe should be 3/4
inch, and larger if possible. Before welding the pipe in place, any sharp edges around the
hole through the casing should be filed smooth so that the measuring device will slide
freely through the hole without catching or becoming scratched.  An angle of one unit
horizontal to four units vertical provides good access.
                                                                             115

-------
                       Bolt
                      Lock
                      Washer
                      Gasket

                    1/2"*
                    Support
                    Plate
                     Flat
                     Washer

                     Lock
                     Washer
                      Nut
Pump
Discharge
Head
                                                        Line
                                                        Shaft
  Weld, Inside
   and Out
Well
Casing
                       Adequate for 6"and  smaller wells

              FIGURE 26. - Vertical (line shaft) turbine pump mounted on well case.
116

-------
     It is recommended that all wells be equipped with access pipes because of the ease
of introducing and removing measuring devices, and because the pipe permits chemical
treatment of the well without removing the sanitary well seal and pump.
     The welding around the  access pipe should be  at least as thick and resistant to
corrosion as the well casing itself. This is especially important if the  connection will be
located below the ground surface.
Submersible Pump
     This pump performs well in casings that are too crooked for vertical turbine pumps,
because all moving parts of the submersible pump are located in one unit within the well.
A problem could arise if there is little space between the inside casing and outside of the
pump~the pump might stick in the well casing or be damaged during installation. If there
is any doubt about whether there is enough space,  a "dummy" piece of pipe whose
dimensions are slightly greater than those of the pump should first be run through the
casing to make sure that the pump will pass freely to the desired depth.
     The entire weight of the pump, cable, drop pipe, column of water within the pipe,
and reaction load when pumping must be  supported by the  drop pipe itself.   It is
important, therefore, that the drop pipe and couplings be of good quality galvanized steel
and of standard weight. Cast-iron fittings should not  be used where they must support
pumps and pump columns.
     The entire load of submersible pumping equipment is usually suspended from the
sanitary well  seal or cover.  An exception to this would be the "pitless" installation.
Jet Pump
     Jet pumps may be installed directly over the well, or alongside it.  Since there are
no moving parts in the well, straightness  and vertical alignment do not affect the jet
pump's performance. The equipment in the well is relatively lightweight, being mostly
pipe (often plastic), so that loads are supported easily by the sanitary well seal. There are
also a number of good "pitless adapter" and "pitless  unit" designs for both  single and
double pipe jet systems.
ALTERNATE ENERGY  SOURCES  AND  PUMPS
Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Pump
     To decide whether a site is suitable for solar pumps, a record of daily irradiation
(solar intensity) for at least one year (preferably two) is helpful.  The design of a solar
pump system cannot be based on average daily irradiation, because not enough water
would be pumped in months of below-average solar intensity.   The month of lowest
irradiation should be used for designing a solar pump.
                                                                             117

-------
     Solar photovoltaic (PV) systems use photovoltaic cells which convert solar irradiation
directly into electricity for pump operation.  Several pumping systems of this type  are
reliable, and available from a number of manufacturers2.  The main  parts of a  PV
pumping system are:

          Array of photovoltaic cells to convert solar irradiation into direct current (dc)
          electricity
          Motor and pump
          Control system
          Water storage and distribution system

     Equipment can be added to improve the performance of PV pumps such as tracking
mechanisms, solar concentrating devices and batteries.  While tracking mechanisms and
solar concentrators maximize the use of available irradiation, batteries can help provide
a backup supply of electricity from the varying supply of the PV array.  The batteries can
also store electrical energy for use during periods when the array is not producing enough.
However, batteries  have several drawbacks, such as heavy power loss, lack of reliability,
need for regular maintenance, and a useful life which is shorter than the rest of the solar
pumping system.
     The reason why PV pump systems are not more widely used is that they require a
large initial investment. However, analysis of both initial equipment and operating costs
indicates that PV pumps  are likely to  be  cost-effective  in areas of high levels of solar
irradiation, and may become more attractive as increased production of PV cells results
in lower prices.
Wind Pump
     Wind pumps  use a  rotor to either directly drive a pump or to drive an  electro-
generator (which produces the electricity to operate a pump) (see Figure 20). While the
mechanically driven pump requires a large rotor to capture enough wind to produce useful
power,  the electro-generator uses a smaller rotor, designed for reaching  a high speed of
rotation.
     A slow running, multi-bladed rotor  for  mechanically driven pumps has to be of
sturdy construction because of the considerable  load and force created by the rotor.
Rotary pumps are normally driven by gears on pulleys while a reciprocating-plunger pump
often uses a crank shaft coupling.  Generally, a rotary pump will put a  more even load on
the wind rotor than a plunger pump, because the power required to operate a plunger
pump changes constantly during the pumping cycle. In contrast, a rotary pump imposes
a relatively constant and continuous load on a rotor.
     A two or three-bladed rotor is used to drive the electro-generator through a set-up
gear unit to get to the required high operating rotational speed. If the generator produces
three-pnase  alternating current,  this power can be supplied  directly to a standard
submersible motor/pump set.  The maximum power rating of the electric motor should
not be more than about 40 percent of the  generator rating.
      Renewable Energy Sources for Rural Water Supply. IRC International Reference Center for Community
      Water Supply and Sanitation, December 1986.
118

-------
     Wind pumps should be built using a sturdy tower that can withstand the large forces
exerted on it by the rotor, especially in high winds.  In addition, every wind pump should
have a control device to protect it from rotating too fast and being damaged in high winds.
Some of these control devices include brakes, which limit rotational speed, and "pull out"
devices, which turn the rotor away  from high winds  by changing its direction (under
normal operating conditions, the vane is perpendicular to the wind, but in high winds, the
force on it makes the rotor turn away from  the wind).  Another control device disturbs
the air stream on the rotor, thereby lowering the pressure on the rotor.
     In mostly flat areas  with  few trees or buildings, site selection is not vital.   In
mountainous  areas or places where obstacles may block the flow of wind, differences in
surface roughness and obstacles must be taken into  account when estimating wind speeds
for the site.  Generally, the windmill tower should be tall enough so the rotor is at least
15 feet (5  meters) off the ground and that the tower stands above any obstruction within
a radius of 400 feet  (125 meters).
     Occasionally, lubrication of the bearings, bolt tightening, minor adjustments and
repairs need to be made. A complete overhaul is normally needed every couple of years,
while cup  seals and other moving pump parts may  need more frequent maintenance.
Hand Pump
     When properly maintained, hand pumps can be the least expensive and most reliable
technology for many uses.  Over 50 makes and models of hand pumps are available
worldwide. As mentioned  before, hand  pumps can be  divided into four categories:

          High ///r-positive-displacement pumps able to pump from depths of up to 150
          feet
          Intermediate lift-for lifts of up to 80 feet.
          Low lift-up to 40 feet
          Suction pumps-up to 22 feet

     Capacities of hand pumps varies from 1.5 to 5 gallons per minute depending on the
pump type, how  deep the water is and who  is  operating the pump. A hand pump may
provide up to 1,200 gallons of water per day for a family or very small community.
     The  pump heads on most force pumps are designed with a "stuffing box" around the
pump rod  to protect against contamination.  Lift pumps with slotted pump head tops are
open to contamination and should not be used.  The pump  spout should be closed and
directed downward.
     The  pump  base should be designed to serve a two-fold purpose: first, to provide
support the pump on the well cover or casing top; and second, to protect the well opening
or casing top from contaminated water or other harmful material. The base should be a
solid, one-piece,  recessed type, cast with or  threaded to the pump column  or stand.  It
should have enough diameter and depth to permit a 6-inch well casing to  extend at least
1 inch above  the surface upon which the pump base is to rest.  Using a flanged sleeve
embedded in  the concrete well cover or a flange threaded or clamped on the top of the
casing to form a support for the pump base is recommended.  Gaskets should be used to
insure tight closure.
     Regular preventative maintenance for hand pumps (such as tightening nuts and bolts
and keeping the area clean), can be performed by the owner. However, when repairs are
                                                                            119

-------
required for below-ground parts, an experienced mechanic should be hired. Some below-
ground parts that may fail include the cylinder, cylinder seals, drop pipe and pump rods.
     The expected lifetime of hand pumps is difficult to predict since it depends on the
amount of use and preventive maintenance effort.  Typically, one can expect anywhere
from 5 to 10 years of operation.

PUMPHOUSING AND  APPURTENANCES
     A pumphouse installed above the surface of the ground should be used. (See Figure
27)  The pumproom floor should be watertight, preferably  concrete, and should slope
uniformly away  in all directions from the well casing  or pipesleeve.   It should be
unnecessary to use an underground discharge connection if the pumphouse is insulated
and  heated.  For individual  pumphouses in  rural areas, two  60-watt  light  bulbs,  a
thermostatically  controlled electric heater, or a heating cable  will generally  provide
adequate protection as long as the pumphouse is properly insulated.
     In areas where power failures may occur,  an emergency, gasoline-driven power
supply or pump should be considered.   A natural disaster, such as a  severe storm,
hurricane, tornado, blizzard,  or flood, may cut off power for hours or  even days.  A
gasoline power-driven electrical unit  could supply  enough power for the pump, basic
lighting, refrigeration, and other emergency needs.
Lightning Protection
     Voltage and current surges produced in powerlines by lightning are a serious threat
to electric motors. The high  voltage can  easily pierce and burn  the insulation between
motor windings and the motor frame.  The submersible pump motor is somewhat more
vulnerable to this kind of damage because it is submerged in ground water, the natural
"ground" sought by the lightning discharge.  Actual failure of the motor may be immediate,
or it may be delayed  for weeks or months.
     There are simple lightning arresters available to protect motors and appliances from
"near miss" lightning strikes. (They are seldom effective against direct hits.) The two types
available are the valve type and the expulsion type.  The valve type is preferred because
its "sparkover" voltage remains constant with repeated operation.
     Just as important as selecting a good arrester is installing it properly. The device
must be installed according to instructions from the manufacturer and connected to a good
ground. In the case of submersible pumps, a good ground connection can be achieved by
connecting the ground terminal of the arrester to the submersible pump motor frame
using a No. 12 stranded bare copper wire.  The low resistance of the wire (1 ohm or less)
reduces the voltage surge reaching the motor windings to a level that it can withstand.
     If steel well casing extends  below the watertable, the ground can be made even
better by also connecting the bare copper wire to the well casing. IMPORTANT NOTE:
Connecting the ground terminal of the arrester to a copper rod  driven into the ground
does not satisfy grounding requirements.  Similarly, if a steel casing that does not reach
the ground water is relied upon, the arrester may be ineffective.
     Additional  advice on the location and installation of lightning arresters can be gotten
from the power company serving the area.
120

-------
                                           Shingles &
                                           Sheathing
                    Closed Bail Bottom
FIGURE 27. - Pumphouse.
                                                          121

-------
Pitless Units and Adapters
     Because of the  pollution hazards  involved,  a well pit to house  the pumping
equipment or to permit access to the top  of the well is not recommended.  Some states
prohibit its use.
     A commercial unit known as the "pitless adapter" is available to eliminate well pit
construction.  A specially designed connection  between the underground horizontal
discharge pipe and the vertical casing pipe makes it possible to terminate the permanent,
watertight casing of the well at  a safe height (8 inches  or more) above the final grade
level. The underground section of the discharge pipe is permanently installed and it is not
necessary to disturb it when repairing the pump or cleaning the well. (See Figures 28
through 31)
     There are numerous makes and models of pitless adapters and units available.  Not
all are well-designed, and a few are not acceptable to some states.  The state or local
health department should be consulted first  to learn what is acceptable.
     Both the National Sanitation Foundation3 and  the  Water Systems Council4 have
adopted criteria intended to assure that quality materials and workmanship are used in the
manufacture and installation of these  devices.   Unfortunately, the safety of these
installations  is highly dependent  on  the quality of workmanship used  during their
installation on the site. For this reason, additional precautions and suggestions are offered
here.
     There  are two  general types of pitless installations.  One, the "pitless adapter,"
requires cutting a hole in the side of the casing at a certain depth below the ground
surface (usually below the frost line).  A fitting to accommodate the discharge line from
the pump is then inserted into  the hole and attached.  Its design varies depending on
whether it is for a pressure line  alone or for both pressure and suction lines (a two-pipe
jet pump system  with pump mounted  away from well).  The  other part of the adapter,
mounted inside the well, supports the pumping components that are suspended in the well.
Watertight connection is accomplished by a system of rubber seals, tightened down by
clamps or by the weight of the equipment itself.
     The second type, the "pitless unit", requires cutting off the well casing at the required
depth and mounting on it factory assembled unit with all necessary attachments.
     Regardless of the type of device employed, certain problems arise, calling for special
care. Some of these are described below, with suggestions for their correction.
     Welding below ground, in cramped quarters and under all-weather conditions, often
does not result in good workmanship.  If welding must be done,  the welder should be an
expert pipe welder, and have plenty of room for freedom of movement and  ease of visual
inspection. A clamp-on, gasketed pitless adapter is easier to install, but requires a smooth
and clean surface for the gasket.
 3      National Sanitation Foundation, 3475 Plymouth Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105.

 4      Water Systems Council, 600 S. Federal Street, Suite 400, Chicago, Illinois  60605.

 122

-------
                              Lift-Out Device
  Snifter
  \falve
                                                     Discharge Line
                                                     (System Pressure
 Submersible
 Pump Power
 Cable
FIGURE 28. - Clamp-on pitless adapter for submersible pump installation
                                                                 123

-------
                                    Lift-Out Device
                                                Threaded Field Connection
                                                                 t Grout
                                                             "motion Seal
                         I
       FIGURE 29. - Pitless unit with concentric external piping for jet pump installation.
124

-------
                         Lift-out Device
                                            Frost Line
                                     Water-tight Weld on all Sides
                                            0'-Ring Seal
                                                 Space between Pipes Under
                                               Suction Line
                                               (Reduced Pressure)
                                                     To Pump


                                                (Excavation)
          Locking
           Device
FIGURE 30. -   Weld-on pitless adapter with concentric external piping
                for "shallowwell*pump installation.
                                                                               125

-------
                         Plug
           Fros
                                          Weil Cover (Vented)

                                                     • Basement Wall

                                                      Power
                                                      • Fused Disconnect Switch
                                                      or Circuit Breakers
                                                                              Outlet
     FIGURE 31. - Pitless adapter with submersible pump installation for basement storage.
126

-------
      The pitless unit is manufactured and tested under factory conditions.  However, its
attachment to the casing may present special problems. If the well casing is threaded and
coupled (T&C), it may be possible to adjust the height of one of the joints so that it is
about right for the attachment of the unit. If the height cannot be adjusted, or if welded
joints have been made, the casing must be cut off at the proper depth below ground and
then threaded.
      Power-driven pipe-threading machines  can be  used to  thread casing "in place" in
sizes up to and including four inches.  Between ten and twelve full threads should be cut
on the casing to make a good,  strong joint.   The threads should be of good quality, cut
with dies in good condition.
      When it is necessary to weld, the first requirement is that the casing be cut off
squarely.  This cut can be made by working inside the casing  using special casing-cutting
tools, or by "burning" with an acetylene torch from outside the  casing. If the torch method
is used, it is better to use a jig that attaches to  the casing, supporting and guiding the torch
as the casing is burned  off.
      A competent welder should be able to make a strong weld if given enough room to
work in.  It is not easy to get a watertight joint under  these conditions.  Two or three
"passes" around the pipe should be made, following recommended procedures for pressure
pipe welding. The final welded connection should be at least as thick, as strong, and as
resistant to corrosion as the well casing itself.
      Clamps and gaskets are used to attach both adapters and units.  These devices have
been criticized by some health departments because of their structural weakness compared
with other connections.  It is feared by some that the joint is more easily broken or caused
to leak by mechanical damage,  or  by frost-heave acting on the casing  or the well slab.5
      A watertight joint requires good contact between the gasket and the surfaces it seals
off.  Corrosion-resistant, machined surfaces provide better conditions for this seal.  When
the rubber gasket is used as a seal against the casing, special care must be taken to assure
that the contact surface is clean and smooth. Clamp-and-gasket connections should be
designed so  that forces resulting  from weight,  misalignment, twisting, settlement, and
vibration are absorbed by the metal parts, and not by the rubber gaskets.
      Materials  used in adapters, adapter  units, and  accessories should be selected
carefully for  strength and resistance of corrosion.  Corrosion potential is high closest to
the surface and where there is moisture and air.  To use metals of differing "potential" in
contact with each other in a corrosive environment is to invite rapid destruction of one of
them by electrolytic corrosion.   For example, steel clamps would work better with steel
casing than most other metals or alloys. Some metals that by themselves resist corrosion
(e.g.; bronze, brass, copper, aluminum) may corrode, or cause others to corrode, when
placed in contact with a different  type of metal.  Different metals placed in a corrosive
environment should be insulated from each other by rubber, plastic, or other nonconduc-
tor.  Care should be taken in the selection of  welding materials; the welded connection is
frequently the point where corrosion begins.
      Cast iron is more resistant to corrosion than steel under many conditions of soil and
water corrosiveness.  However, some grades of cast  iron are unable to  resist  severe
      Some States prohibit the use of "Dresser type" connections for pitless units.

                                                                                127

-------
stresses from tension, bending, and impact.  Metals used in castings subjected to  such
stresses should be chosen, and the parts designed, to meet these requirements.  Breakage
can be serious and expensive, especially if pumping equipment, pipes, and accessories fall
into the well.
     For the same reasons, plastics should be used in adapters and units only where they
are not subjected to severe forces of bending, tension, or shear.
     Excavation around the well produces unstable soil conditions, and later settlement
will occur.  Unless at least a portion of the line is flexible, settlement of the discharge line
will place a load on the adapter connection that could cause it to break or leak. If for
some reason the use of rigid pipe is  necessary,  the connection should be by means of a
"gooseneck", a "swing joint",  or other device that will adjust  to the settlement without
transferring the load to the adapter.  The best fill material to use to minimize settlement
of the discharge line is fine to medium sand, washed into place. With a correctly placed
cement grout seal around the casing and below the point of attachment (see Figure 31),
the sand will not find its way into the well. Sand does not shrink or crack in drying, and
several feet of it form an efficient barrier against bacteria.
     Once a pitless unit has been installed and tested, there  is still a risk of accidental
damage  to  the buried connection.  There  have been numerous  cases of breakage by
bulldozers and other vehicles. Until all construction and  grading around the area are
finished, the well should be marked clearly with a post and flag. A 2- by 4-inch board, 3
or 4 feet long, clamped or wired securely to the  well casing and bearing a red flag, will do
the job.
     If the well  is in  an area where motor vehicles are  likely to be  driven, the  final
installation should include protective pipe  posts set in concrete. The posts should be just
high enough to protect the well, but  not so high that they interfere with well servicing.
Inspection and Testing of Pitless Devices
     Pitless adapters and units are installed within the upper 10 feet of the well structure,
the zone of greatest potential for corrosion and contamination. Procedures for inspecting
and testing are therefore important.
     The buyer should pick an adapter or unit that not only satisfies health department
requirements and the design criteria  above, but whose manufacturer will stand behind it.
     Hiring a contractor with a reputation for good work is probably the best assurance
of getting the job done  right.  The owner should insist that the contractor guarantee  his
work for at least 1 year.  Some  state and local health departments maintain  lists of
licensed or certified contractors authorized by law to construct wells and install pumping
systems.
      Field  connections on pitless adapters and units  can be  easily  tested with the
equipment shown in Figure 32. First, the  lower plug is positioned just below the deepest
joint to be tested, and then inflated  to the required pressure.  The sanitary well seal is
then positioned in the top of the well and tightened securely to form an airtight seal.  This
isolated section of the casing or unit is then pressurized  through the discharge fitting, or
through a fitting  in the sanitary well seal. A pressure of 5 to 7 pounds per square inch
should be applied and maintained, without the addition of more air, for 1 hour. Warning:
Do not hold face over well  seal while pressurized!  While under  pressure,  all  field
connections should be tested for leaks with soap foam. Any sign of leakage-cither by loss
 128

-------
            Vacuum Gage
Hose Fitting
for Negative
Pressure Test
                               Pressure Gage

                                 Snifter Valve for
                                 Positive Pressure  Test
                                           Petcock  Valve
     Sanitary Well Seal
                                           Air  Line to
                                           Test Plug
          Safety Cham
          Attached to
          Test Plug
             't Aluminum
                Pipe
                                         Capped Discharge
                                          Connection
\-\f\ ^Aluminum
      Pipe
                                         Plumbers Test  Plug
                                         Inflated to Manufacturer'
                                         Recommended
                                         Pressure
Field Connection
FIGURE 32. - Pitless adapter and unit testing equipment.
                                                                               129

-------
of pressure or by the appearance of bubbles through the soap-calls for  repair and
retesting.
     Adapters and units that depend on rubber or plastic seals in the field connection
should also be tested under "negative" pressure conditions. This can be accomplished by
connecting the hose fitting (Figure 32) to a source of vacuum.  The negative pressure is
read on the vacuum gauge.
     Positive pressure may be applied to the isolated section by means of a tire pump,
but a powered source makes the job much easier and encourages better testing. If an air
compressor is not available or handy, a lire-inflation kit of the kind that uses automobile
engine compression  will work.  (The plumber's test plug should only be inflated by a
hand-operated tire pump.)
     Negative pressure can be applied by connecting a length of vacuum hose (heavy wall,
small bore) between the hose fitting in the well seal and the vacuum system of an
automobile  engine.  To reach the desired negative pressure range (10 to 14 inches of
mercury vacuum), it may be necessary to accelerate the engine for a period of time. Once
the desired pressure range is reached, the hose is clamped shut or plugged, the engine
disconnected, and the vacuum gauge observed over a period of one hour to see whether
there is any detectable loss of negative pressure.
     Leaks found in rubber or plastic seals should be closed by tightening the clamps, if
possible. If a cement sealant  must be used, it should be one that will provide a strong yet
flexible bond between the sealing surfaces, and should be compounded to provide long
service when buried.

CROSS-CONNECTIONS
     Plumbing cross-connections are connections between a drinkable water supply and
an unsafe, or polluted, water source6.  Contamination caused by cross-connections has
resulted in many disease "outbreaks."  In addition, cross-connections can threaten water
quality and public health through the back-flow of such hazardous substances as  anti-
freeze, herbicides, propane gas, boiler water, and  sewage.  The contaminant enters the
drinking water system when the pressure of the polluted source is higher than the pressure
of the drinking water source.  This is called  back-siphonage or back-flow.
     Cross-connections often occur when plumbing is installed by those unaware of the
dangers of possible contamination. Single valves or other mechanical devices may not be
enough to protect a system from contamination through cross-connections.  Therefore,
those responsible  for water  supplies should be  aware of both  the dangers of cross-
connections  and of  situations  that require  inspection to detect hazardous  conditions
resulting from cross-connections.
Detection
     Distribution system piping should be examined regularly to identify potential cross
connections, and actions should  be taken to remove  any  potential  health hazards.
Connections to the distribution system by  a location  which  uses hazardous chemicals
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cross Connection Control Manual, EPA, Office of Water,
      Washington D.C. (1989).
130

-------
should be identified and adequate cross connection protection provided.  All connections
between safe and contaminated water should be identified and removed.
Prevention
     There are many types of devices useful for preventing backflow at cross-connections.
The device  should be chosen according to the degree of hazard posed by the cross-
connection.  In addition, piping size, location and the need to test the  device regularly
must be considered.
     Air Gap.  These are non-mechanical backflow preventers and work well to prevent
back-siphonage and back-pressure conditions. Air gaps stop the piping  flow with a loss
of pressure. Therefore, they are generally used at the ends of the line service. Each air
gap requires a  reservoir and secondary pumping system.
     Barometric Loop. The loop  consists of a continuous  section of supply piping that
abruptly rises to a height of approximately 35 feet and returns back to the original level.
It may be used to protect against back-siphonage, but not against back-pressure.
     Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker. The breaker is constructed of a polyethylene (plastic)
float which travels freely on a shaft and seals in the uppermost position against a silicone
rubber  disc.  Water flow lifts the  float and keeps it in the upper sealed position. This
device is one of the simplest and least expensive back flow preventers.  However, it cannot
be  used as protection against back-pressure.
     Hose Bibb  Vacuum Breaker.  This device  is  a vacuum breaker which  is  usually
attached to sill  cocks, which serve garden hose type outlets.  It consists of a spring-loaded
check valve that seals against an air outlet once water pressure is applied. Once the water
supply is off, the breaker vents to the air, thus preventing backsiphonage.
     Pressure Vacuum Breaker.  This is  another special type  of atmospheric vacuum
breaker which  can be used under constant pressure. It does not protect against back-
pressure, and must be installed at  least 6 to 12 inches higher than the existing outlet.
     Double Check with Intermediate Atmospheric Vent.  This unique backflow preventer,
which is useful in 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch piping, is used under constant pressure and
protects against back-pressure.  Construction is basically a double check valve with a vent
to air located between two check valves.
     Double Check  Valve.  This is essentially two  check valves in one  casing with test
cocks and two  tightly closing gate valves.  Double  check valves are  commonly used to
protect against  low to medium hazard sources. They protect against both back-siphonage
and back-pressure conditions.
     Double Check Detector Check.  An outgrowth of the double check valve, this device
is usually used hi fire lines.  The device protects  the  potable water source  from fire
fighting  chemicals, booster pump fire line backpressure,  stagnant  "black water", and
additional "raw" water from outside fire pumper connections. It is constructed with test
cocks to insure  proper operation of the primary check valves and the by-pass check valve.
The valve permits normal usage  flows to be metered through a by-pass system with
minimal pressure drop. However, in conditions of high flow (such as fires) water passes
with minimal restriction through two large spring-loaded check valves.
     Residential Dual Check. This device gives reliable and inexpensive  protection from
back-pressure.  It is sized for half, three-quarter and one inch service lines and is installed
immediately downstream of the water meter.  Plastic check modules with no test cocks or
gate valves lower the cost of this device.


                                                                               131

-------
     Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventer. This is a modified double check valve
with an atmospheric vent placed between the two checks. The device provides protection
from back-siphonage and back-pressure and can be used under constant pressure in high
hazard conditions.

PIPE AND  FITTINGS
     For reasons of economy and ease  of construction, individual and small non-public
water systems usually use plastic pipes and fittings. Other types  of pipes used are cast
iron, asbestos-cement,  concrete,  galvanized  iron, steel and  copper.  Under  certain
conditions and in certain areas, it may be necessary to use protective coatings, galvanizing,
or have the  pipes dipped  or wrapped.  When corrosive water or soil  is encountered,
coated  copper, brass,  wrought  iron, plastic or cast  iron  pipe, although usually more
expensive initially, will have a longer, more useful life.
     Pipes should be laid as straight as possible  in trenches, with air-relief valves or
hydrants located at  the high points on  the line.  Failure  to provide for the release of
accumulated air in a pipeline on hilly ground may greatly reduce the capacity of the line.
It is necessary that pipeline trenches be deep enough to prevent freezing in the winter.
Pipes placed in trenches at a depth of more than  three feet  will also help to keep the
water in the pipeline cool during the summer months.
Plastic Pipe
     Plastic  pipe for cold water is simple to install, has a  low initial cost, and has good
hydraulic properties.  When used in a  domestic water system,  plastic  pipe should be
certified by an acceptable testing laboratory (such as the National Sanitation Foundation)
as being nontoxic and non-taste-producing. It should be protected against crushing and
from attack by rodents.
     PVC, or polyvinylchloride, pipe is the most  widely  used plastic pipe.  This pipe
cannot be thawed electrically, and so creates problems in colder climates where freezing
might occur.  It is fairly flexible, lightweight, resistant  to corrosion and has a long service
life. A  special coating must be applied to prevent deterioration of the pipe if exposed to
sunlight.
Cast Iron Pipe (CIP)
     This pipe has  high resistance  to corrosion and great strength.  A thin coating of
cement mortar on the inside of the pipe lessens the likelihood of corrosion within the pipe
and provides a more friction-free inside surface. Cast iron is not usually available in sizes
below 2 inches in diameter, so its use is  restricted to  larger transmission lines.
Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP)
     Ductile iron pipe is similar to cast iron pipe, but is stronger, more flexible ("ductile"),
lighter and offers corrosion resistance similar to or better  than cast iron.  It is normally
available in 3-inch and larger sizes.  Cement mortar is  often used to line the inside of
ductile iron pipe to  reduce internal corrosion, and  a bituminous coating or polyethylene
wrap may be applied  to reduce external corrosion.  When properly  coated and lined,
ductile iron pipe provides an extremely long service life.
Asbestos Cement Pipe (ACP)
     This type of pipe is easy to install and has moderate corrosion resistance. However,
due to its non-conductivity, electrical thawing is impossible.  In addition, it is rather fragile
and must be  handled, imbedded and installed carefully.  In addition, when "tapping" into
132

-------
ACP lines, care must be taken to prevent a release of asbestos debris or fibers into the
water supply.  The risk of releasing asbestos when in contact with corrosive water is also
a concern. Due to these factors, this type of pipe is rarely encountered in newer systems.
Reinforced Concrete Pipe
     Typically used for larger transmission and distribution mains the concrete pipe is
most economical because of its durability, strength, and carrying capacity.  However, it is
difficult to handle, due to its heavy weight and resistance to tapping.
Steel Pipe
     Steel pipe is strong, lightweight, easy to handle and transport, and easily assembled.
This pipe is prone to corrosion and needs to be lined and coated to prolong its life.
Copper Pipe
     This type of pipe has high resistance to corrosion and is easily installed.  Fittings are
usually available in the same sizes and materials as piping, but valves are generally cast
in bronze or other alloys. In certain soils, the use of dissimilar metals in fittings and pipe
may create  electrolytic corrosion problems.  The  use  of nonconductive  plastic inserts
between pipe  and fittings or the installation of sacrificial anodes is helpful in minimizing
this type of corrosion.

PIPE  CAPACITY  AND   HEAD  LOSS
     The pipe selected should be large enough to deliver the required peak flow of water
without excessive loss of pressure. The  normal operating water pressure for household
use ranges from 20 to 60 pounds per  square inch,7 or about 45 to 140 feet of head at the
fixture.
     The capacity of a pipeline is determined by its size,  length, and interior surface
condition. Assuming that the length of the pipe is fixed, and its interior condition known,
the key problem in design  of a pipeline is that of determining the right diameter of pipe.
     The correct pipe size can be selected with the aid of Figure 33, which gives size as
a function of pressure (head)  loss, H, length of pipeline, L,  and peak discharge, Q. For
example,  suppose that a home and farm installation is served by a reservoir a minimum
distance of  500 feet from  the point of use, whose surface elevation is at least 150 feet
above  the level of domestic service, and in which a  minimum service pressure of 30
pounds per  square inch is required. It will be necessary first to determine the maximum
operating head loss, i.e., the difference in total head and the required pressure head at the
service.

                      H = 150 - (2.3X30)  = 150 - 69 = 81 feet

     The maximum peak demand which must be delivered by the pipeline is determined
to be 30 gallons per minute based on local usage rates.

                             Q = 30 gallons per minute
      One pound per square inch is the pressure produced by a column of water 2.31 feet high.

                                                                                133

-------
               01
             009
             008
             007
             0.06
              0.01
            0.009
            0.008
            0.007
            OOO6
             0001
            00009
            0.0008
            0.0007
            00006
            00005
            00004
           0.0003


           0.0002
(Hazen- William Formula C* 100)
                         3/4"      I"    1-1/4"  1-1/2"    2"  2-1/2"

                         Nominal Diameter-Standard Galvanized Pipe
                         FIGURE 33. - Head loss versus pipe size.
134

-------
The hydraulic gradient is 0.162 foot per foot.


                                   =  0.162 foot per foot
                    H  _81
                    L   500
     Using Figure 33, with the computed values  of H/L and Q,  one finds  that the
required standard galvanized pipe size is approximately 1  3/8 niches.  Since pipes are
available only in standard sizes, standard pipe of IVfe inches in diameter (the next larger
size) should be used.
     Additional pressure losses may be expected from the use of fittings in the pipeline.
These losses may be expressed in terms of the equivalent to the length and size of pipe
which would produce the same loss if, instead of adding fittings, we added additional pipe.
Table 10 lists some common fitting losses in terms of an equivalent pipe length.
     In the example given above the inclusion of two gate valves (open), two standard
elbows, and two standard tees (through) would produce a pressure loss equivalent to 15
feet of !1/£-inch pipe.  From Table  10, one finds that by using 515 feet of IVfc-inch pipe
instead of the actual length  of 500 feet (H/L=0.157), the capacity of the system for the
same total head loss is about 38 gallons per minute. This is a satisfactory flow.

         TABLE 10. - Allowance in equivalent length of pipe for friction loss
                            in valves and treaded fittings
Diameter
of fitting
Inches
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
5
6
90 degree
ell
Feet
1
2
2,5
3
4
5
7
8
10
12
14
17
20
45 degree
ell
Feet
0.6
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.4
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
90 degree
tee
Feet
IS
3
4
5
6
7
10
12
15
18
21
25
30
Straight
run
Feet
0.3
0.6
0.8
0.9
1.2
1.5
2
25
3
3.6
4
5
6
Gate
valve
Feet
0.2
0.4
OS
0.6
0.8
1.0
13
1.6
2
2.4
2.7
3.3
4
Globe
valve
Feet
8
15
20
25
35
45
55
65
80
100
125
140
165
Angle
valve
Feet
4
8
12
15
18
22
28
34
40
50
55
70
80
      It can be seen from this example that fitting losses are not particularly important for
fairly long pipelines, say greater than about 300 feet.  For pipelines less than 300 feet,
fitting losses are very important and have a direct bearing on pipe selected; therefore, they
should be calculated carefully.
      Globe valves, which produce large pressure losses, should be  avoided  in main
transmission lines for small water systems.
                                                                               135

-------
     Interior piping, fittings, and accessories should conform to the minimum plumbing
requirements of the National Plumbing Code* or the applicable plumbing code of the
locality.

PROTECTION  OF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
     The sanitary  protection  of new or repaired  pipelines can be  ensured by close
attention to certain details of construction.  All connections should be made under dry
conditions, either in a dry trench or, if a dry trench is not possible, above the ground on
a dry  surface.   Soiled piping should be  thoroughly  cleaned and  disinfected before
connections are made. Flush valves or cleanouts should be installed at low points where
there is no possibility of flooding.
     When not properly designed or installed, frostproof hydrants may allow contamina-
tion into the water system. Such hydrants should be provided with good drainage to a free
atmosphere outlet where possible. The drainage from the base of the hydrant should not
be connected to a seepage pit that is subject to pollution, or to a sewer. The water-supply
inlet to water tanks  used for livestock, laundry tubs, and other similar installations should
be placed with an air gap (twice pipe diameter) above the flooding level of the fixtures to
prevent back siphonage. There should be no cross-connection, auxiliary intake, bypass, or
other arrangements that would allow polluted water, or water of questionable quality, to
be discharged or drawn into the domestic water supply system.
     Before a distribution system is used, it should be completely flushed and disinfected.

DISINFECTION OF  DISTRIBUTION  SYSTEMS
General
     The system's distribution system should be disinfected if untreated or polluted water
has been in the pipe, upon completion and before  operating  the new system to insure
water of satisfactory quality, and after maintenance  and repair.
Procedure
     The entire system, including tanks and standpipes, should be thoroughly flushed with
water to remove any sediment that may have collected during construction. After flushing,
the system should be filled with a disinfecting solution  of calcium hypochlorite.  This
solution is prepared by adding 1.2 pounds of high-test 70 percent calcium hypochlorite to
each 1,000 gallons of water, or by adding  2 gallons of ordinary household liquid bleach to
each 1,000 gallons of water. A mixture of this kind provides a solution of at least 10 mg/L
of available chlorine.
     The disinfectant should  be left in  the system, tank, or  standpipe, for at least 24
hours, examined for residual chlorine, and  drained out. If no residual chlorine is found,
the process should  be repeated.  Next, the system should be flushed with treated water
and tested for conform.  After conform  test results are satisfactory, the system, tank or
stand pipe can be placed into  operation.
      Obtainable at the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th
      St.,
      New York, N.Y. 10017.
 136

-------
DETERMINATION  OF STORAGE  VOLUME
     Three types of storage facilities are commonly employed for individual water supply
systems. These are pressure tanks, elevated storage tanks, and ground-level reservoirs and
cisterns.
     When ground water sources with sufficient capacity and quality are used, only a
small artificial storage facility may be needed, since the water-bearing formation itself is
a natural storage area. However, if the well is not able to meet peak water demand or
treatment is required, additional storage volume will be needed.
     If water demand does not change, and treatment or well capacities can be increased,
the amount of storage required will decrease.  Therefore, there is a balance between
providing a larger treatment process or well capacity and providing additional storage.
Pressure Tanks
     Pressure in a distribution system with a pneumatic tank is maintained by pumping
water into the tank. This pumping action compresses a volume of entrapped air. The air
pressure is equal to the water pressure in the tank and can be kept between desired limits
by using pressure switches. These switches stop the pump at the maximum setting and
start it at the minimum setting.  The capacity of the pressure tank is usually small when
compared to the total daily water consumption. Only 10 to 40 percent  of a pressure tank
volume is usable storage. For this reason, pressure tanks are only designed for peak
demands.  The maximum steady demand  the system can deliver is equal to the  pump
capacity.
     The usable storage of a pressure tank can be increased by "supercharging" it with air
when it is installed, or by recharging at the factory.  Recharging can only be done in tanks
in which the water space and air space is completely separated by a diaphragm or bladder.
Consult your dealer for design details  and  characteristics.
     Use the figures in Tables  11 and 12 for the selection of pumps and pressure tanks
for various size homes. The pump capacity from Table 11 can be used to find the right
tank size for the type (precharged, supercharged, or plain) and pressure range needed.
These tabulated values are recommended by the Water System Council9.
     When a pressure tank  is part of the  distribution  system, there will be no problem
with "water hammer". Otherwise, it may be necessary  to provide an air chamber on the
discharge line from the well, located near the pump, to minimize water hammer.
               TABLE 11. - Seven-minute peak demand period usage.
Number of baths in home:
Normal 7-minirte peak demand (gal.)
Minimum size pump to meet demand
without using storage
1
45
7 gpm
1V&
75
10 gpm
2-2V4
98
14 gpm
34
122
17 gpm
           NOTE: Values given are average and do not include higher or lower extremes.
     Water Systems Council, 221 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, IL 60601
                                                                              137

-------
   TABLE  12. - Tank selection chart - gallons (Based on present industry practice)
Pump
capacity
cum
240
300
360
420
480
540
600
660
720
780
840
900
960
1020
1080
1140
1200
ff?T*
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Minimum
Draw
Down
(eal)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
15
17
19
20
23
25
27
30
Switch setting
pounds per square inch
20-40
*A
15
15
20
20
25
30
30
35
40
45
55
60
65
70
80
85
95
•B
15
20
20
25
30
30
35
40
45
50
60
65
70
80
85
95
105
*C
20
30
35
40
40
50
55
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
135
150
160
30-50
•A
15
20
25
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
65
75
75
90
95
105
115
•B
20
25
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
65
75
80
90
100
110
120
130
*C
30
40
45
55
65
70
80
95
105
120
135
150
160
185
200
215
240
40-60
*A
20
25
30
30
35
40
45
55
60
70
75
85
95
105
115
125
140
*B
20
25
30
40
45
50
55
65
70
80
90
105
115
125
140
150
165
*C
40
50
55
75
85
95
105
125
135
155
175
195
20$
240
260
280
310
                           *A - Precharged bladder or diaphragm tank.
                           *B - Supercharged, floating water tank.
                           *C - Plain steel tank.
Elevated Storage
     Elevated tanks should have a capacity of at least two days of average consumption.
Larger storage volume may be necessary to meet special demands, such as firefighting or
equipment cleanup.
Ground-Level Reservoirs and Cisterns
     Reservoirs that receive surface runoff should generally be large enough to supply the
average daily demand over a dry period of the maximum length anticipated. Cisterns are
usually designed with  enough capacity to provide water during periods of less than one
year.

PROTECTION  OF STORAGE  FACILITIES
     Suitable storage facilities for relatively small systems may be made of concrete, steel,
brick, and sometimes wood (above the land surface). Such storage facilities should receive
the same care as system installations in the selection of a suitable location and protection
from contamination. Waterproofing the interior of storage units with asphalt or tar is not
recommended because of the unpleasant taste imparted to the water, and the possibility
of chemical reactions with materials used for treatment. Specifications for painting water
138

-------
tanks are available from the American Water Works Association.10 Appropriate federal,
state, or local health agencies should be consulted about acceptable paint coatings for
interior tank use.
     All storage tanks for domestic water supply should be completely covered and so
constructed to prevent pollution by outside water or other foreign matter.  Figures 34 and
35 show some details for manhole covers and piping connections to prevent pollution by
surface drainage. Concrete and brick tanks should be made watertight with a lining of
rich cement mortar.  Wood tanks are usually constructed of redwood or cypress and, while
filled, will remain watertight. All tanks require good screening of any openings to protect
against the entrance of small animals, mosquitoes, flies, and other small insects.
     Tanks containing water to be used for livestock should be  partially covered and
constructed so that cattle will not enter the tank.  The area around the tank should be
sloped to drain away from the tank.
     Figure 34 shows a  typical concrete reservoir with screened inlet and outlet pipes.
This figure also illustrates the sanitary manhole cover. The rim should be elevated at least
four inches above the ground with the cover extending two inches beyond the edge of the
rim. This type of manhole frame and cover should be designed so that it may be locked
to prevent  access by unauthorized persons.
     An emergency water supply, that has been polluted at its source or in transit, should
not be added to storage tanks, cisterns, or pipelines used for drinking water.
     Disinfection of storage facilities after construction or repair  should be carried out
in accordance with the recommendations given under "Disinfection of Water Distribution
System" in  this part of the manual.
      American Water Works Association, 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235.

                                                                               139

-------
                                  Lock
                                                                Switch Control -
              Screened Overflow
              and Vent
                             FIGURE 34. -  Typical concrete reservoir.
140

-------
     Overlapping, Circular Iron Cover
               Iron Cover
          Galvanized Sheet Metal
           Over Wooden Cover
             Concrete Cover


            MANHOLE COVERS
                                                                    Foot Piece or Brick
TYPICAL VALVE AND BOX
                                                          Pipe Connection With
                                                          Anchor Flange Casting
                                                                             Coupling
                                                                        Top of Cistern
                                                                        or Reservoir
             OVERFLOW AND VENT
                                                     VENT
FIGURE 35. - Typical valve and box, manhole  covers, and piping installations.
                                                                                         141

-------

-------
                              BIBLIOGRAPHY

American Association for Vocational Instructional Materials, Planning for an Individual
      Water System,  4th edition, Athens, GA  (1982).

American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, and Water
      Pollution Control Federation, Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
      Waste Water, 17th edition, Amer. Pub. Hlth. Assn., Washington, D.C.  (1989).

American Water Works Association, New Dimensions in Safe Drinking Water 2nd edition,
      American Water Works Association, Denver, CO  (1988).

American Water Works Association, Water Quality and Treatment, 4th edition, McGraw-
      Hill, New York, N.Y. (1990).

American Water Works Association and American Society of Civil Engineers,  Water
      Treatment Plant Design,  2nd edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, N.Y. (1990).

American Water Works Association, AWWA Seminar Proceedings, Small Water System
      Problems, American Water Works Association, Denver, CO  (1982).

American Water Works Association, AWWA Seminar Proceedings, Membrane Processes:
      Principles and Practices, Denver, CO  (1988).

American Water Works Association Research Foundation, Institutional Alternatives for
      Small Water Systems, Denver, CO  (1986).

Anderson, Keith E., Water Well Handbook, Missouri Water Well and Pump Contractors
      Association, Rolla, MO   (1971).

Baker, RJ., Carroll,  LJ., and Laubusch, E.J.,  Water Chlorination Handbook, American
      Water Works Association, New York, N.Y. (1972).

Campbell, Stu, The Home Water Supply, Garden Way Publishing, Pownal, VT (1983).

Capitol Controls Co., "Chlorination Guide." Capitol Controls Co., Colmar, PA (undated).

Chang, S.L., "lodination of Water," Boletin de la Oficina Sanitaria Panamericana, Vol. 59,
      Pages 317-331 (1966).

Cotruvo, J. A. , Perler, A. H.,  and Bathija, B. L., "Drinking Water Analysis Regulatory
      Report", Environmental Lab, Pages 22-27 (1989).

DeMers, L. D., Hanson, B. D., Glick, F. L.,  and Schultz, R. M., "Design Considerations
      for Package Water Treatment Systems", Journal of The American Water Works
      Association, Vol. 80, No. 8, Pages 58-61 (1988).

                                                                             143

-------
Ficlk, K. J., "New Ozone System Designed Specifically for Small Systems", Waterworld
      News, Vol. 6, No. 2, Pages 18-19 (1990).

French, W., and  Ytell, E.,  "Rural  Community Assistance  Program", Journal of the
      American Water Works Association, Vol. 80, No. 9, Pages 48-51 (1988).

Gollnitz, William D., "Source Protection and The Small Utility1, Journal of The American
      Water Works Association, Vol. 80, No. 8, Pages 52-57 (1988).

Gumerman, R. C., Burris, B. E., and Hanson, S. P., Small Water System Treatment Cost,
      Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, NJ (1986).

Hill,  R.D.,  and  Schwab,  G.O., "Pressurized  Filter for  Pond  Water  Treatment."
      Transactions oftheASAE, Vol. 7, No.4,  Pages 370-374, 379, American Society of
      Agricultural Engineers, St. Joseph, MI  (1964).

Hooker, Dan, "How to Protect the Submersible Pump from  Lightning Surge Damage,"
      Bulletin DPED-27, General Electric Co., Pittsfield, MA (1969).

Kroehler, C. J., "Underground Injection Control in Virginia", Virginia Water Resources
      Research Center, Virginia Polytechnic Institute  and State University, Blacksburg,
      VA  (1989).

Kroehler, C. J., What Do  The Standards Mean?, Virginia Water Resources Research
      Center, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, VA (1990).

Long,  B. W.,  and  Stukenberg, J.  R.,  "SDWA  Amendments:    Small Community
      Compliance", Journal of the American Water Works Association, Vol. 80, No. 8.,
      Pages 38-39 (1988).

Midwest Plan Service, Private Water Systems Handbook, Iowa State University, Ames, IA
       (1979).

Miller, G. W., Cromwell HI, J. E., and Marrocco, F. A., "The Role of the States in Solving
      the Small System Dilemna", Journal of the American Water Works Association,
      Vol. 80, No. 8, Pages 32-37 (1988).

National Association of Plumbing, Heating, and Cooling Contractors,
      National Standard Plumbing Code, National Association of Plumbing, Heating, and
      Cooling Contractors, Washington, D.C.  (1971).

National Fire Protection Association, "Water Supply Systems for Rural Fire Protection,"
      National Fire Codes, Vol. 8, Boston, MA (1969).
144

-------
National Sanitation  Foundation,  Listing of  Plastic Materials,  Pipe,  Fittings  and
      Appurtenances for Potable  Water and Waste Water, Standard No. 14,  National
      Sanitation Foundation, Ann Arbor, MI (revised annually).

National Sanitation Foundation, Listing of Drinking Water Treatment Units
      and Related Products, Components and Materials, NSF, Ann Arbor, MI (1989).

National Water Well Association,  "the Authoritative Primer:  Ground Water
      Pollution, "Water WellJoumal, Special Issue, Vol. 24, No. 7 (1970).

New York State Department of Health, Training Manual for Water Distribution Operations
      Grade D, Bureau of Public Water Supply Protection, Albany, NY  (undated).

Okun, D. A., and Ernst, W. R., Community Piped Water Supply Systems in Developing
      Counties. The World Bank, Washington, D.C.  (1987).

Olin Corporation, "Hypochlorination of Water," Olin Corporation -  Chemicals  Division,
      New York, N.Y.  (1962).

Renner, R. C, "Survival Tactics  for Small Systems", Waterworld News, Vol. 6, No. 2,
      Pages 10-12 (1990).

Sagraves, B. R., Peterson, J. H.,  and Williams, P. C., "Financing Strategies for Small
      Systems", Journal  of the   American Water Works Association, Vol. 80, No. 8,
      Pages 40-43 (1988).

Salvato, JA., The Design of Small Water Systems, New York State Department of Health,
      Health Education Service, Albany, N.Y.  (1983).

Scharfenaker, Mark A., "AWWA Small Systems Program", Journal of the American Water
      Works Association, Vol. 80, No.  8, Pages 44-47 (1988).

Smalley, G., "Networking:  A Weapon for Small Systems", Waterworld News, Vol. 6,
      No. 2., Pages 14-15 (1990).

Sykes, R. G., and Doty, R. N., "The New Regulations - A Challenge for Small Systems",
      Journal of the American Water  Works Association, Vol. 80, No. 8, Pages 62-64
      (1988).

Toft, P., Tobin, R. S., and Sharp. J., "Drinking Water Treatment Small System Alternatives,
      Pergamon Press, Elmsford, N.Y.  (1989).

U.O.P. Johnson Division, Ground Water and Wells, U.O.P. Johnson Division, St. Paul, MN
      (1972).
                                                                            145

-------
U.S. Agency for International Development, WASH Technical Report No. 61, "Pump
      Selection:  A Field Guide for Developing Counties", Water and Sanitation for
      Health Project, Washington, D.C.  (1989).

U.S. Congress, Office  of Technology Assessment, "Using Desalination Technologies for
      Water Treatment", U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. (1988).

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control.
      "Water Fluroidation," Atlanta, GA  (1986).

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Indian Health Service,
      "Nationwide Indian Health Service Federal Photovoltaic  Utilization Program",
      Washington, D.C.  (1990).

U.S. Department of the Interior, Geological Survey, "A Primer on Ground Water," U.S.
      Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. (Reprinted annually).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Fluoridation Engineering Manual," Environmental
      Protection Agency, Water Supply Division, Washington, D.C.  (1972).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Manual of Water Well Construction Practices,
      Environmental Protection Agency, Water Supply Division,  Washington, D.C.
      (1977).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cross-Connection Control Manual, Environmental
      Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.  (1989).

U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency,  "Guidance  Manual for Compliance with The
      Filtration and Disinfection Requirements for Public Water Systems Using Surface
      Water Sources", Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Drinking Water,
      Washington, D.C.  (1989).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Fact Sheet on Home Drinking Water Treatment",
      Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.  (1989).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Self Assessment for Small Publicly Owned Water
      Systems", Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.
      (1989).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "A Water and Wastewater Manager's Guide for
      Staying Financially Healthy", Environmental Protection Agency,  Office of Water,
      Washington, D.C.  (1989).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Environmental Pollution Control Alternatives:
      Drinking Water Treatment for Small Water Treatment Facilities", Environmental
      Protection Agency, CERI, Cincinnati, OH  (1990).
146

-------
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Technologies for Upgrading Existing or Designing
      New Drinking Water Treatment Facilities, Environmental Protection Agency, Office
      of Drinking Water, Cincinnati, OH (1990).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Fact Sheet, Drinking Water Regulations Under
      the Safe Drinking Water Act",  Environmental Protection Agency,  Criteria  and
      Standards Division, Office of Drinking Water, Washington, D.C.  (1990).

Water Systems Council, "Water Systems Handbook," 6th edition, Water
      Systems Council, Chicago, IL  (1977).

Whitsell, W.J., and Hutchinson, G.D., "Seven Danger Signals for Individual Water Supply
      Systems," Transactions of the American Society of Agricultural Engineers,  American
      Society of Agricultural Engineers, St. Joseph,  MI  (1990).

World Health Organization, Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality: Vol. 3 - Drinking Water
      Quality Control in Small Community Supplies, Geneva, Switzerland (1985).

World Health Organization, Technical Paper Series (TP 23), Renewable Energy Sources
      for Rural Water Supply, WHO Collaborating Centre, The Hague, The Netherlands
      (1986).

World Health Organization, Technical Paper Series, Slow Sand Filtration for Community
      Water Supply, WHO Collaborating Center, The Hague, The Netherlands  (1987).

World Health Organization, Technical  Paper Series (TP 18), Small Community Water
      Suppliers; Technology of Small Water Supply Systems in Developing Countries, WHO
      Collaborating Center, The Hague,  The Netherlands,  (1987).

World Health Organization, Disinfection of Rural and Small Community Water Supplies,
      Copenhagen, Denmark (1989).

Wright,  F. B., Rural Water  Supply  and  Sanitation, 3rd  edition,  Robert E.  Krieger
      Publishing  Company,  Huntington, N.Y. (1977).
                                                                              147

-------

-------
                               APPENDIX A
                      OPERATING RATIO WORKSHEET
                                (Year to Date)
      TOTAL REVENUE
         Collected Fees (Paid Water Bills)                      $
         Hook Up Charges or Other Fees
         Other Revenue
         Total Revenue                                       $

      TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
         Administration                                       $
         Employee Wages
         Utilities                                               "
         Chemicals
         Spare Parts
         Equipment Replacement
         Principal & Interest Payments
         Other   Operating Expenses
         Total Operating Expenses                              $

      OPERATING RATIO
         Total Revenue                                       $
                                              divided by
         Total Operating  Expenses                             $
                                                equals
         Operating Ratio
NOTE:   It is best to calculate the operating ratio on a year-to-year basis since revenues
         and expenses usually vary from month to month.  For a financially  healthy
         utility, an operating ratio of 1.00 is an absolute minimum.  Special attention
         should be given to the "trend" in the operating ratio.  A monthly comparison to
         previous years during the same month can provide an early warning of trouble
         so that financial shortfalls can be avoided. A stable  or upward trend indicates
         a proper financial balance, thus the water rates are properly set.
                                                                          149

-------

-------
                               APPENDIX B

                         State Drinking Water Agencies
        Name/Address

Water Supply Branch
Department of Environmental
  Management
1751 Federal Drive
Montgomery, Alabama 36130

Alaska Drinking Water Program
Water Quality Management
Department of Environment
  Conservation
Pouch O
Juneau, Alaska 99811

Manager, Compliance Unit
Waste and Water Quality Management
Room 202
2005 North Central Avenue
Phoenix, Arizona 85004

Division of Engineering
Arkansas State Department of
  Health
4815 West Markham Street
Little Rock, Arizona 72201

Sanitary Engineering Branch
California Department of Health
714 P Street
Sacramento, California 95814

Drinking Water Section
Colorado, Department of Health
4210 East llth Avenue
Denver, Colorado 80220

Water Supplies Section
Connecticut Department of Health
79 Elm  Street
Hartford, Connecticut 06115
    Name/Address

Program Director
Office of Sanitary Engineering
Division of Public Health
Jesse Cooper Memorial Building
Capital Square
Dover, Delaware 19901

Drinking Water Section
Department  of Environmental
 Regulation
2600 Blair Stone Road
Tallahassee,  Florida 32301

Program Manager
Department  of Natural Resources
270 Washington Street, SW
Atlanta, Georgia 30334

Drinking Water Program
Sanitation  Branch
Environmental Protection and
 Health Services Division
P.O. Box 3378
Honolulu,  Hawaii 96801

Bureau of Water Quality
Division of Environment
Idaho Department of Health and
 Welfare Statehouse
Boise, Idaho 83720

Division of Public Water Supplies
Illinois Environmental Protection
 Agency
2200 Churchill Road
Springfield, Illinois 62706
                                                                          151

-------
    Name and Address
     Name and Address
Water Supply Division
Department of Water, Air and
 Waste Management
Wallace State Office Building
Des Moines, Iowa 53019

Division of Water
Department of Environmental
 Protection
18 Reilly Road, Fort Boone Plaza
Frankfort, Kentucky 40601

Support Services  Section
Kansas Division of Environment
Forbes Field
Topeka, Kansas 66620

Office of Preventive and Public
 Health Services
Louisiana Department of Health
 and Human Services
P.O. Box 60630
New Orleans, Louisiana 70160

Division of Water Supply
Inspection &  Compliance Program
Department of Health and Mental
 Hygiene
Office of Environmental Programs
201 West Preston Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21201

Division of Water Supply
Department of Environmental
 Quality Engineering
One Winter Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02108

Assistant Director
Department of Human Services
Bureau of Health
Division of Health Engineering
State House
Augusta, Maine 04333
Action Director
Division of Public Water Supply
Indiana State Board of Health
1330 West Michigan Street
Indianapolis, Indiana 46202

Water Supply Services Division
Environmental and Occupational
 Health Services Administration
3500 North Logan Street
Lansing, Michigan 48909

Section of Public Water Supplies
Minnesota Department of Health
717 Delaware Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440

Division of Water Supply
State Board of Health
P.O. Box 1700
Jackson, Mississippi 39205

Public Drinking Water Program
Division of Environmental Quality
P.O. Box 1368
Jefferson City, Missouri 65102

Bureau of Water Quality
Health and Environmental Services
Cogswell Building, Room A206
Helena, Montana 59620

Division of Environmental Health
 and Housing Surveillance
Nebraska Department of Health
301 Sentenial Mall South
Lincoln, Nebraska 68509

Water Supply Division
New Hampshire Water Supply and
 Pollution Control Commission
P.O. Box 95, Hazen Drive
Concord, New Hampshire 03301
152

-------
    Name and Address
     Name and Address
Bureau of Potable Water
Division of Water Resources
New Jersey Department of
 Environmental Protection CN-029
Trenton, New Jersey 08625

Health Program Manager
Water Supply Section
Environmental Improvement Division
P.O. Box 968
Santa Fe, New Mexico 87504-0968

Bureau of Public Water Supply
 Protection
State of New York Department of
 Health
Office of Public Health
Tower Building
Nelson A. Rockefeller Empire State
 Plaza
Albany, New York 12237

Water Supply Branch
Division of Health Services
P.O. Box 2091
Raleigh, North Carolina 27602-2091
Division of Water Supply
  and Pollution Control
State Department of Health
1200 Missouri Avenue
Bismarck, North Dakota 58501
Office of Public Water Supply
Ohio Environmental Protection
 Agency
361 East Broad Street
P.O. Box 1049C
Columbus, Ohio 43216
Water Facility Engineering Service
Oklahoma State Department of
 Health
P.O. Box 53551
Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma 73152

Drinking Water  Systems
Department of Human Resources
Health Division
1400 SW 5th Avenue
Portland, Oregon 97201

Bureau of Water Supplies
Department of Environmental
 Resources
P.O. Box 2063
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17120

Drinking Water  Supply Supervision
 Program
Puerto Rico Department of Health
P.O. Box 70184
San Juan, Puerto Rico 00936

Division of Water Supply
Rhode Island Department of Health
75 Davis  Street,  Health Building
Providence, Rhode Island 02908

Division of Water Supply
Department of Health and
 Environmental Control
2600 Bull Street
Columbia, South Carolina 29201

Bureau of Drinking Water
Water and Natural Resources
Joe Foss  Building
523 Capital Avenue, East
Pierre, South Dakota  57501
                                                                          153

-------
   Name and Address
     Name and Address
Bureau of Public Water Supplies
Utah State Department of Health
560 South 300 East
Salt Lake City, Utah 84111

Vermont Department of Health
60 Main Street
P.O. Box 70
Burlington, VT 05402

Division of Water Supply
 Engineering
Virginia State Department of
 Health
James Madison Building
109 Governor Street
Richmond, Virginia 23219

Water Supply and Waste Section
Department of Social and Health
 Services
Mail Stop LD-11
Olympia, Washington 98504

Drinking Water Division
Office of Environmental Health
 Services
State Department of Health
1800 Washington Street E
Charleston, WV 25305

Bureau of Water Supply
Public Water Supply Section
Department of Natural Resources
P.O. Box 7921
Madison, Wisconsin 53707

Water Quality Division
Department of Environmental
 Quality
401 West 19th Street
Cheyenne, Wyoming 82002
Guam Environmental Protection Agency
Government of Guam
P.O. Box 2999
Agana, Guam 96910

Public Health Engineering
Nevada Department of Human
 Resources
Consumer Health Protection
 Services
505 East  King Street, Room 103
Carson City Nevada 89710

Division of Water Supply
Tennessee Department of Health and
 Environment
150 9th Avenue, North
Nashville, Tennessee 37219-5404

Division of Water Hygiene
Texas Department of Health
1100 West 49th Street
Austin, Texas 78756

Division of Environmental Quality
Commonwealth of the Northern
 Mariana Islands
P.O. Box 1304
Saipan, CM 96950

Environmental Protection Board HQ
Trust Territories  of Pacific
 Island
Saipan, CM 96950

Department  of Conservation and
 Cultural Affairs
Government of Virgin Islands
P.O. Box 4340
St. Thomas, Virgin Islands 00801
154

-------
                               APPENDIX C

                             EPA Regional Offices
   Name/Adresses

USEPA Region I - Connecticut, Maine,
 Massachusetts, New Hampshire,
 Rhode Island, Vermont
John F. Kennedy Federal Building
Boston, MA 02203
(617) 223-5731

Region II - New Jersey, New York,
 Puerto Rico,  Virgin Islands
Federal Building
26 Federal Plaza
New York,  NY 10007
(212) 264-1800

Region III - Delaware, District of
 Columbia, Maryland, Pennsylvania,
 Virginia, West Virginia
Curtis  Bldg., 6th & Walnut Streets
Philadelphia, PA  19106
(215) 597-8227

Region IV - Alabama, Florida,
 Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi,
 North Carolina, South Carolina,
 Tennessee
345 Courtland  Street
Atlanta, GA 30308
(404) 881-3781

Region V - Illinois, Indiana,
 Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio
 Wisconsin
230 South Dearborn Street
Chicago, IL 60604
(312) 353-2151
      Name/Addresses

Region VI - Arkansas, Louisiana,
 New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas
1201 Elm Street
Dallas, TX 75270
(214) 749-2106

Region VII - Iowa, Kansas, Missouri,
 Nebraska
324 E. llth Street
Kansas City, MO  64106
(816) 374-5429

Region VIII - Colorado, Montana,
 North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah,
 Wyoming
Lincoln Tower Building
1860 Lincoln Street
Denver, CO 80295
(303) 837-2731

Region IX - Arizona, California,
 Hawaii, Nevada, Guam, American
 Samoa, Trust Territory of Pacific
 Islands
215 Fremont Street
San Francisco, CA 94105
(415) 974-8106

Region X - Alaska, Idaho, Oregon,
 Washington
1200 Sixth Avenue
Seattle, WA 98101
(206) 442-1223
                                                                           155

-------

-------
                                APPENDIX D

                 Collection and Analysis of Bacteriological Samples
SAMPLING
        Water samples must be collected  carefully to prevent contamination.  The
collector should follow these steps:

        1.   Use a sterile sample bottle or other container provided by the laboratory that
            will examine the sample.
        2.   Insure that water taps used for sampling are free of aerators, strainers, hose
            attachments, mixing type faucets, and purification devices.
        3.   Inspect the outside of the faucet.  If water leaks around the outside of the
            faucet, select a different sampling site.
        4.   Allow the water to run for enough  time (about two minutes) to clear the
            service line before sampling.
        5.   When filling the bottle, hold bottle so that no water which contacts the hands
            runs into the bottle.  Cap the bottle  tightly.
        6.   Deliver the sample immediately to the laboratory.  If possible, store sample
            in an iced cooler during transport.   In no case should the time between
            collection and analysis exceed 30 hours. It may be necessary to send a water
            sample by overnight mail service.

        Under EPA's total coliform rule,  all water samples must be collected from the
distribution system (e.g., household  tap), rather than from the well or other location.
ANALYSIS  FOR TOTAL  COLIFORMS
        As stated in Part I  of this manual, total coliforms are used to show whether a
water supply is contaminated with, or vulnerable to, fecal pollution.  EPA is approving
four analytical methods for testing  water in distribution systems to determine whether
total coliforms are present.  These are the Membrane Filter Technique, Multiple-Tube
Fermentation Technique, Presence-Absence Coliform Test, and the Mixed Media ONPG-
MUG test. In all cases, 100-ml water samples are tested; therefore the sample collector
must provide at least  100 ml to  the laboratory.  All microbiology samples which are
collected to satisfy the drinking water regulations must be analyzed in a laboratory which
is certified by EPA or the State.
        In the Membrane Filter Technique, a vacuum pulls 100  ml of water sample
through a membrane filter held in place by a filter-holding device.  Total coliform and
other bacteria are retained on the filter.  The filter is then placed on a special medium
which allows the growth of total coliform, and incubated at 35 °C for 22 to 24 hours.  If
a total coliformlike colony(ies) is observed on the membrane, the laboratory should make
sure that it is a total coliform by using another EPA-approved test.
        The Multiple Tube Fermentation Technique involves adding the water sample to
either a bottle or a set of tubes,  each of which contains either lactose broth or lauryl


                                                                              157

-------
typtose broth and an inverted tube.  The bottle or tubes are then incubated at 35 °C for
24 to 48 hours.  If gas production is observed in an inverted tube after incubation, the
sample contains total conforms.  This is confirmed by adding a small volume of culture
from the positive tube(s) or bottle into a tube containing brilliant green lactose bile
(BGLB) broth and a smaller inverted  tube.  After  incubating for the tube containing
BGLB broth  for 48 hours, the inverted tube  is observed for gas production.   Gas
production confirms the presence of total coliforms.
        In the Presence-Absence Coliform Test, 100 ml of the water sample is added to
a bottle containing P-A Broth, and  incubated at 35 °C for 24 to 48 hours.  If the  broth
becomes yellow-colored, total coliforms are present.  This is confirmed in BGLB broth.
        The Mixed Media ONPG-MUG (MMO-MUG) test  is the simplest of the
EPA-approved tests for total coliforms. A 100 ml water sample is added to a bottle or
flask containing the MMO-MUG powder, mixed, and incubated at 35 °C  for 24 hours.
The formation of a yellow color denotes the presence of total coliforms.
        If a laboratory finds that a high level of non-coliform bacteria are obscuring the
total conform test, it must  not use the  sample (unless total coliforms are  present), and
request that the system collect another sample within 24 hours from the same location as
the original sample, and have it analyzed for total coliforms.
        Under the total coliform rule, the laboratory must test all total coliform-positive
samples for the  presence of either fecal coliform or E. coli.  The analytical methods for
these bacteria are described elsewhere.
SURFACE  WATER  ANALYSIS
        Under EPA's surface  water treatment requirements,  a public  system using
unfiltered surface water must monitor its source water quality. Unlike the total coliform
rule, which  requires the system to determine only whether total coliform is present or
absent in a sample, this rule requires systems to determine the level of total coliforms or
fecal coliforms in a sample. For counting of total coliforms, EPA has approved the 5-tube
or 10-tube Multiple Tube Fermentation Technique, the Membrane Filter Technique, and
the 5-tube MMO-MUG test. For counting fecal coliforms,  EPA has approved the Fecal
Coliform Membrane Filter Procedure and the Fecal Coliform Test (EC Medium or A-l
Medium).
        The surface water treatment rule also allows a system to determine the amount
of heterotrophic bacteria at a site within the distribution system, if the system does not
find a disinfectant  residual at that site. If the concentration does not exceed 500 bacterial
colonies per ml, then the system is considered  to have a disinfectant residual for legal
purposes. The level of heterotrophic bacteria is determined by the Pour Plate Method,
which involves transferring a small  volume of water sample  to a sterile petri dish, and
mixing it with a warm nutrient which solidifies below 45 °C. This medium is incubated for
48 hours at  35 °C and the number of bacterial colonies counted.
        Most of the above-cited methods are described in the 17th Edition of "Standard
Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater" (1988).
158

-------
                               APPENDIX E

                         Identification By Human Senses1
                            A.  SENSE OF FEELING
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT

Hard Water
Grittiness
   SYMPTOM

Soap curd, and
scum in wash
basins & bathtub.
Whitish scale
deposits in pipes,
water heater & tea
kettle.

Abrasive texture to
water when
washing or residual
left in sink.
Calcium
(limestone) and
magnesium salts.
Excessively fine
sand, silt in water.
   MEANS OF
  TREATMENT

Cation exchange
water softener.
Sand trap in ultra-
filtration.
                             B. SENSE OF SMELL
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT

Odor
   SYMPTOM

Musty, earthy or
wood smell.
                     Chlorine smell.
     CAUSE

Generally,
harmless organic
matter.

Excessive
chlorination.
   MEANS OF
  TREATMENT

Activated carbon
filter.
                                         Dechlorinate with
                                         activated carbon
                                         filter.
        This information has been taken principally from a paper titled "Sensitivity:  A Key Water
        Conditioning Skill" by Wes McGowan.  The paper  was published  in Water Technology,
        September/October 1982.
                                                                            159

-------
 IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT
SYMPTOM
CAUSE
 MEANS OF
TREATMENT
                    Rotten egg odor
                    tarnished
                    silverware.
                 1. Dissolved
                 hydrogen sulfide
                 gas.
                    Hot water, rotten
                    egg odor.
                    Detergent odor,
                    water foams when
                    drawn.
                     Gasoline or oil
                     (hydro-carbon)
                     smell.
                    Methane gas.
                                         2. Presence of
                                         sulfate reducing
                                         bacteria in raw
                                         water.
                 Action of
                 magnesium rod in
                 hot water heater.

                 Seepage of septic
                 discharge into
                 underground water
                 supply.
                 Lack in fuel oil
                 tank or gasoline
                 tank seeping into
                 water supply.

                 Naturally occurring
                 caused by decaying
                 organics.
               Manganese
               greensand filter -
               constant
               chlorination
               followed by
               filtration/
               dechlorination.

               Constant
               chlorination
               followed by
               activated carbon
               filter.  -

               Remove
               magnesium rod
               from heater.

               1. Locate and
               eliminate source of
               seepage - then
               heavily chlorinate
               well.

               2. Activated
               carbon filter will
               adsorb limited
               amount.

               No residential
               treatment.  Locate
               and eliminate
               seepage.

               Aeration system
               and repump.
160

-------
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT
   SYMPTOM
                       MEANS OF
                      TREATMENT
                    Phenol smell
                    (chemical odor).
                    Industrial waste
                    seeping into
                    surface or ground
                    well supplies.
                    Activated carbon
                    filter will adsorb
                    short-term.
                            C. SENSE OF TASTE
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT

Taste
   SYMPTOM

Salty of brackish
                    Alkali taste
                    Metallic taste
High sodium
content
                    High dissolved
                    mineral containing
                    alkalinity. (Stained
                    aluminum
                    cookware.)

                    1.  Very low pH
                    water (3.0-5.5).

                    2.  Heavy iron
                    concentration in
                    water above 3.0
                    ppm  Fe.
   MEANS OF
  TREATMENT

1.  Deionize
drinking water only
with disposable
mixed bed -
anion/cation
resins; or

2.  Reverse
osmosis; or

3.  Home
distillation system.

1.  Reduce by
reverse osmosis.
                    1.  Correct with
                    calcite type filter
                    (see Acid Water).

                    2.  (See Iron
                    Water).
                                                                          161

-------
                              D.  SENSE OF SIGHT
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT

Turbidity
    SYMPTOM

Dirt, salt, clay
                     Sand grit, silt or
                     clay substances
     CAUSE

Suspended matter
in surface water
pond, stream or
lake.

Well sand from
new well or
defective well
screen.
   MEANS OF
  TREATMENT

"Calcite" or
Neutralite (media)
type filter - up to
50 ppm

Sand trap and/or
new well screen
                     Rust in water
                     Grey string-like
                     fiber
Acid Water
Green stains on
sinks and silver
porcelain
bathroom fixtures.
Blue-green cast to
water.
                     Acid water causing
                     iron "pick-up".
                     Organic mater in
                     raw water algae,
                     etc.
Water which has
high carbon
dioxide content
(pH below 6.8)
reacting with brass
and copper pipes
and fittings.
Neutralizing calcite
filter to correct low
pH acidity and
remove
precipitated iron

Constant
chlorination
followed by
activated carbon
filter to
dechlorinate

1.  Neutralizing
calcite filter down
to pH of 5.5, or

2.  Calcite/
Magnesia - oxide
mix (5 to 1) for
higher flow rate
and to correct very
low pH water.

3.  Soda ash
chemical feed
followed by
filtration.
162

-------
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT

Discolored water
red, "Iron" water
   SYMPTOM

Brown-red stains
on sinks and other
porcelain
bathroom fixtures.
Water turns
brown-red in
cooking or upon
heating.  Clothing
becomes
discolored.
1.  Dissolved iron
in influent (more
than 0.3 ppm Fe + )
water appears
clear when first
drawn at cold
water faucet.
Above 0.3 ppm Fe
causes staining.
   MEANS OF
  TREATMENT

1.  Can remove 0.5
ppm of Fe + for
every grain/gal, of
hardness to 10
ppm with water
softener and
minimum pH of
6.7.

2.  Over  10 ppm
Fe+ chlorination
with sufficient
retention tank time
for full oxidation
followed by
filtration/
dechlorination.
                                         2. Precipitate iron
                                         (water not clear
                                         when drawn).
                                         3. In warm
                                         climates residential
                                         aerator and
                                         filtration will
                                         substantially
                                         reduce iron
                                         content.

                                         1. Up to 10 ppm
                                         iron removed by
                                         Manganese
                                         Greensand filter, if
                                         pH 6.7 or higher,
                                         or
                                                              2.  Manganese
                                                              treated, non-
                                                              hydrous aluminum
                                                              silicate filter where
                                                              pH of 6.8 or
                                                              higher  and oxygen
                                                              is 15% of total
                                                              iron content.
                                                                             163

-------
 IMPURITY OR
CONTAMINANT
SYMPTOM
CAUSE
                    Brownish cast does
                    not precipitate.
                 Iron pick-up from
                 old pipe with water
                 having a pH below
                 6.8.  Organic
                 (bacterial) iron.
                    Reddish color in
                    water sample after
                    standing 24 hours.
                  Colloidal iron.
   MEANS OF
  TREATMENT

3.  Downflow
water softener with
good backwash, up
to 1.0 ppm Fe.
Above 1 ppm to 10
ppm use calcite
filter followed by
downflow water
softener.

Calcite media type
filter to remove
precipitated iron.

1. Treat well to
destroy iron
bacteria with
solution of
hydrochloric acid
then constant
chlorination
followed by
activated carbon
media filtration
and dechlorin-
ation.

2. Potassium
permanganate
chemical feed
followed by
filtration.

Constant
chlorination
followed by
activated carbon
media filter
dechlorination.
164

-------
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT
   SYMPTOM
                        MEANS OF
                       TREATMENT
Yellow water
Yellowish cast to
water after
softening and/or
filtering.
Milky water
Cloudiness of
water when drawn.
Very high chloride
content in water
Blackening and
pitting of stainless
steel sinks and
stainless ware in
commercial
dishwashers.
1.  Tannins (humic
acids) in water
from peaty soil and
decaying
vegetation.
1.  Some
precipitant sludge
created during
heating of water.
2.  High degree of
air in water from
poorly functioning
pump.

3.  Excessive
coagulant-feed
being carried
through filter.

1.  Excessive salt
content.

2.  High
temperature drying
creates chloride
concentration
accelerating
corrosion.
1.  Adsorption via
special macro-
porous Type I
anion exchange
resin regenerated
with salt (NaCl)
up to  3.0 ppm.

2.  Manganese
greensand or
manganese treated
sodium  alumino-
silicate under
proper set of
conditions.

1.  Blow down
domestic or
commercial hot
water heater tank
periodically.

2.  Water will
usually clear
quickly upon
standing.

3.  Reduce
coagulant quantity
being fed, service
filters properly.

1.  Use  other
chloride resistant
metals.

2.  Reduce T.D.S.
by reverse osmosis.
                                                                             165

-------
                            E.  SENSE OF HEARING
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT

Excess Fluorides
Nitrates
   SYMPTOM

Yellowish mottled
teeth of children.
(No visible color,
taste, or odor of
water.)
1.  No visible
color, taste, or
odor of water
(above 10.0 ppm as
N considered
health hazard for
infants).
                     2.  Rotten egg or
                     sewage smell -
                     water foams.
     CAUSE

F-above 1.0 ppm in
natural water
supply.
1.  Heavy use
commercial
fertilizers with
residual NO3
getting into
underground water
supply.
                    2. Boiler
                    blowdown of
                    corrosion inhibitors
                    containing nitrates
                    entering surface or
                    underground water
                    supplies.
   MEANS OF
  TREATMENT

1.  Adsorb excess
fluoride and
reduce to 0.2 ppm
with activated
alumina media
type filter, or

2.  Home
distillation system
for drinking and
cooking water, or

3.  Remove F- by
complete water
deionization via
disposable mixed
bed for drinking
water only.

1.  On water less
than 3 ppm,
remove with strong
base Type II anion
exchanger,
regenerated with
NaCl. Get public
health analysis.

2.  For drinking
and cooking water
only; reverse
osmosis.  Limit of
nitrate influent to
25 ppm as N, or

3.  Home
distillation system
for drinking and
cooking water.
166

-------
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT
    SYMPTOM
                        MEANS OF
                       TREATMENT
Radioactive
Contaminants
Notices by public
health.  No color,
taste or odor.
                                          Human or animal
                                          waste pollution
                                          containing
                                          ammonia seepage
                                          in water supplies.
Atmospheric
fallout
contamination of
surface water
supply sources; or
stray isotopes
getting in water
supply from
nuclear wastes.
Naturally occurring
in deep wells.
4.  Eliminate
pollution condition.
Sterilize well for 24
hours and have
public health
analysis.

1.  Can remove
most all cationic
radioactivity with
residential cation
exchange water
softener.

2.  For complete
treating assuring
removal of both
anionic and
cationic radioactive
contaminants treat
with mixed bed
deionizer.
Heavy Metals lead,
zinc, copper
cadmium
No visible color,
taste, or odor of
water.
                                          Radon gas given
                                          off by decaying
                                          radium, dissolved
                                          in water.
1.  Industrial waste
pollution.

2.  Corrosion
products from
piping caused by
low pH  waters.
3.  Reverse
osmosis.

4.  GAC  and
aeration are
effective in
removing radon
from water.

1.  Reverse
Osmosis for
drinking and
cooking water, or

2.  Complete
removal via
disposable mixed
                                                                             167

-------
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT
   SYMPTOM
Arsenic
Barium
Boron
No visible color,
taste, or odor of
water.  Usually a
public health
matter.
No visible color,
taste, or odor of
water. Usually a
public health
matter (above 1.0
ppm considered
health risk).
Distorted potted
plants and
chrysanthemums
(above 1.0 ppm
considered
undesirable).
1.  Natural
groundwater
contaminant in
local areas.

2.  Industrial waste
contaminating
water supply.

3.  Herbicides
containing arsenic.
Naturally occurring
in certain
geographic regions.
Naturally occurring
in southwest and
other areas.
   MEANS OF
  TREATMENT

bed deionizer for
drinking water.

3.  Water softener
will remove Cu, Cd
& Zn under
proper conditions -
counter current
brining suggested.

1.  Reverse
osmosis will
remove up to 90
percent for
drinking water.

2.  Remove arsenic
by complete water
deionization using
disposable mixed
bed; set
conductivity meter
at 250,000 for
exhaustion level for
drinking water.

Remove by cation
exchange water
softener,
simultaneously
with calcium and
magnesium
hardness using very
strong brine
solution.

Removal via a
selective anion
exchange resin.
168

-------
  IMPURITY OR
 CONTAMINANT

Pesticides
Herbicides (DDT,
2, 4-D chlordane,
etc.)
Cyanide
"TCE" contamina-
tion (Trichloro-
ethylene)
   SYMPTOM

Sharp chemical
taste or odor in
water (can be
semitoxic).
No visible color,
taste or odor
(above 0.20 ppm
considered health
risk).
Notice from Public
Health
Department
Excessive
agricultural,
spraying and water
run off to surface
supplies.
Industrial waste
pollution from
electroplating, steel
& coking.
Waste degreasing
solution from auto
and electric motor
clean-up, getting
into surface or
underground water
supply.
   MEANS OF
  TREATMENT

Activated carbon
media filter will
adsorb limited
amount.  Must
continue to
monitor treated
water.

Continuous
chlorination and
activated carbon
filtration of metals
after pH
adjustment.

Activated carbon
filters in series,
with constant
monitoring
between units for
break-through.
                                                                              169

-------

-------
                                 APPENDIX F

                       Recommended Procedure for Cement
                     Grouting of Wells for Sanitary Protection1

        The annular open space on the outside of the well casing is one of the principal
avenues through which undesirable water and contamination may gain access to a well.
The most satisfactory way of eliminating this hazard is to fill the annular space with neat
cement grout. To accomplish this satisfactorily, careful attention should be given to see
that:

        1.   The grout mixture is properly prepared.
        2.   The grout material is placed in one continuous mass.
        3.   The grout material  is placed upward from  the bottom of the space to be
            grouted.

        Neat cement grout should be a mixture of cement and water in the proportion
of one bag of cement (94 pounds) and 5 to 6 gallons of clean water. Whenever possible,
the water content should be kept near the lower limit given.  Hydrated lime to the extent
of 10  percent of the volume of cement may be added to  make the grout  mix  more fluid
and thereby facilitate placement by the pumping equipment.  Mixing of cement or cement
and hydrated  lime with the water must  be thorough.   Up to 5 percent by weight of
bentonite clay may be added to reduce shrinkage.
GROUTING PROCEDURE
        The grout mixture must be placed in one continuous mass; hence, before starting
the operation, sufficient  materials should be on hand and other facilities available to
accomplish its placement without interruption.
        Restricted passages will result in clogging and failure to complete the grouting
operation.  The minimum clearance at any point, including couplings, should not be less
than 1V£ inches. When grouting through the annular space, the grout pipe should not be
less than 1-inch nominal  diameter. As the grout moves upward, it picks up much loose
material such as  results  from caving.  Accordingly, it is desirable to waste a suitable
quantity of the grout which first emerges  from the drill hole.
        In grouting a well so that the material will move upward, there are two general
procedures that may be followed.  The grout pipe may be installed within the well casing
or in the annular space between the casing and drill hole if there is sufficient clearance
to permit this. In the latter case, the grout pipe is installed in the annular space to within
a few inches of the bottom.  The grout is pumped through this pipe, discharging into the
annular space, and moving upward around the casing, finally  overflowing at the land
        This information has been taken principally from a pamphlet of the Wisconsin State Board of Health
        entitled "Method of Cement Grouting for Sanitary Protection of Wells." The subject is discussed
        in greater detail in that publication.  (NOTE: Publication is out of print.)

                                                                              171

-------
surface.  In three to seven days the grout will be set, and the well can be completed and
pumping started. A waiting period of only 24 to 36  hours is required if quick-setting
cement is used.
        When the grout pipe is installed within  the well casing, the casing should be
supported a few  inches above the bottom during grouting to permit grout to flow into the
annular space. The well casing is fitted at the bottom with an adapter threaded to receive
the grout pipe and a check valve to prevent return of grout inside of the casing.  After
grout appears at the surface, the casing is lowered to  the  bottom and the grout pipe is
unscrewed immediately and raised a few inches. A suitable quantity of water should then
be pumped through it,  thereby flushing any remaining grout from it and the casing. The
grout pipe is then removed from the well and three to  seven days are allowed for setting
of the grout.  The well is then cleared by drilling out the adapter, check valve, plug, and
grout remaining within the well.
        A modification of this procedure is the use of the well casing itself to convey the
grout to the annular space. The casing is suspended in the drill hole and held several feet
off the bottom.   A spacer is inserted in the  casing.   The  casing is then capped and
connection made from it to the grout pump. The estimated quantity of grout, including
a suitable allowance for filling of crevices and other voids, is then pumped into the casing.
The spacer moves before the grout, in turn forcing the water  in the well ahead of it.
Arriving at the lower casing terminal, the spacer is forced to the bottom of the drill hole,
leaving sufficient clearance to permit flow of grout into the annular space and upward
through it.
        After the desired amount of grout has been pumped into the casing, the  cap is
removed and a second spacer is inserted  in the casing. The cap is then replaced  and a
measured volume of water sufficient to fill all but a few feet of the casing is pumped into
it.  Thus all but  a small quantity of the grout is forced from the casing into the annular
space. From three to seven days are allowed for  setting of the  grout. The spacers and
grout remaining in the casing and drill hole are then drilled out  and the well  completed.
        If the annular  space is to be grouted for only part of the total depth of the well,
the grouting can be carried out as directed above when the well reaches the desired depth,
and the well can then be drilled deeper by lowering the tools inside of the first casing.  In
this type of construction, where casings of various sizes telescope within each other,  a seal
should be placed at the level where the telescoping begins, that is, in the annular  space
between the two casings.  The annular space  for grouting between two casings should
provide a clearance of at least 1V4 inches, and the depth of the seal should be not less than
10 feet.
172

-------
                                APPENDIX G

                             Emergency Disinfection

        When ground water is not available and  surface water must  be used, avoid
sources containing floating material or water with a dark color or an odor.  The water
tank from a surface source should be  taken from a point upstream from any inhabited
area and dipped, if possible, from below the surface.
        When the home water supply  system is interrupted by natural or other forms of
disaster, limited amounts of water may be obtained by draining the hot water tank or
melting ice cubes.
        In case of a nuclear  attack,  surface water should not be  used  for  domestic
purposes unless it is first found to be free from excessive radioactive fallout. The usual
emergency treatment procedures do not remove such substances. Competent radiological
monitoring services as may  be available in local areas should be relied upon for  this
information.
        There are two general  methods by which small quantities of water  can be
effectively disinfected. One method is by boiling. It is the most positive method by which
water can be made bacterially safe to drink.  Another method is chemical treatment. If
applied with care, certain chemicals will make most waters free of harmful or pathogenic
organisms.
        When emergency disinfection is necessary, the physical condition of the water
must be considered.  The degree of disinfection will be reduced in water that  is turbid.
Turbid or colored water should be filtered through  clean cloths or allowed to settle,  and
the clean water drawn off before disinfection. Water prepared for disinfection should be
stored only in clean, tightly covered, noncorrodible  containers.
METHODS OF  EMERGENCY DISINFECTION
        1.   Boiling.   Vigorous  boiling for one  minute will  kill  any disease-causing
            microorganisms present in water.  The flat taste of boiled water can be
            improved by pouring it back and forth from one container into another, by
            allowing it to stand  for a few  hours, or by adding a small pinch of salt for
            each quart of water  boiled,
        2.   Chemical Treatment.  When boiling is not practical, chemical disinfection
            should be used. The two chemicals commonly used are chlorine and iodine.
             a. Chlorine
                  (1)    Chlorine  Bleach.    Common  household  bleach  contains  a
                        chlorine compound thai will disinfect water.  The procedure to
                        be followed is usually written on the label.  When the necessary
                        procedure is  not given, one  should find the  percentage of
                        available chlorine on the label and use the information in the
                        following tabulation as a guide:
                                                                              173

-------
Avalible chlorine'
\%
4-6%
7-10%
Drops per
quart of
clear water2
10
2
1
                   1 If strength is unknown, add 10 drops per quart of water.
                   1 Double amount for turbid or colored water.
                        The treated water should be mixed thoroughly and allowed to
                        stand for 30 minutes.  The water should have a slight chlorine
                        odor; if not, repeat the dosage and allow the water to stand for
                        an additional 15 minutes. If the treated water has too strong a
                        chlorine taste,  it can be made more palatable by allowing the
                        water to stand  exposed to the air for a few hours or by pouring
                        it from one clean container to another several times.
                  (2) Granular Calcium Hypochlorite.  Add and  dissolve one heaping
                        teaspoon  of   high-test   granular   calcium    hypochlorite
                        (approximately 1/4 ounce)  for each 2 gallons of water.   This
                        mixture will produce a stock chlorine solution of approximately
                        500  mg/L, since the  calcium hypochlorite has  an available
                        chlorine equal  to 70 percent of its weight.  To disinfect water,
                        add the chlorine solution in the ratio of one part of chlorine
                        solution to each 100  parts of water  to  be treated.   This is
                        roughly equal to adding 1 pint (16 oz.) of stock chlorine solution
                        to each 12.5 gallons of water to be disinfected. To remove any
                        objectionable   chlorine odor, aerate  the  water as described
                        above.
                   (3)  Chlorine  Tablets.    Chlorine  tablets containing  the necessary
                        dosage for drinking water disinfection can be purchased in a
                        commercially prepared form.  These tablets are available from
                        drug and sporting goods stores and should be used as stated in
                        the instructions.  When  instructions are not available, use  one
                        tablet for each quart of water to be purified.
             b. Iodine
                  (1)  Tincture  of Iodine.    Common  household iodine from  the
                        medicine chest or  first aid package may  be used to  disinfect
                        water. Add five drops of 2 percent United States Pharmacopeia
                        (U.S.P.) tincture of iodine to each quart  of clear water.   For
                        turbid water add ten drops and let the solution stand for at least
                        30 minutes.
                    (2) Iodine Tablets.   Commercially prepared iodine tablets containing
                        the   necessary   dosage   for   drinking
                        water disinfection can be purchased at drug and sporting goods
                        stores.  They should be used as stated in the instructions. When
174

-------
                        instructions are not available, use one tablet for each quart of
                        water to be purified.

        Water to be used for drinking, cooking, making any prepared drink, or brushing
the teeth should be properly disinfected.
                                                                                 175

-------

-------
                                    INDEX
Acidity  	14, 78, 89
Activated carbon
     	  85, 89, 90, 94
Aeration  	85, 89
Air line  	 51
Air rotary drilling	 47
Algae	16, 91
Alkalinity	 11
Alum	 74
Aluminum 	11, 13
American Water Works Association
    (AWWA)	  3, 74
Analysis of water:
    bacteriological  	 15
    chemical  	 10
    radiological  	 16
Aquifer  	 33
Arsenic  	 12
Artesian aquifers and wells . . 7, 34, 59
                B
Backwash
Bacteria	15, 33, 73
Bacteriological analysis	17, 58
Barium  	 12
Biological characteristics	15-16
"Blue baby" disease	 14
Bored wells  	 40
Cable tool drilling	 45
Cadmium	 12
Calcium hypochlorite 55, 56, 79, 80, 136
Calcium	 87
Capillary fringe	7
Carbon dioxide	 89
Carbonate hardness  	11, 13
Cartridge filters  	 77
Casings  	49, 119-122
Catchments 	62-63
Centrifugal pumps  	  99-100
Ceramic filters	 77
Cesspools	 18
Check valves 	 114
Chemical characteristics	10-15
Chemical disinfection	 78
Chlorides	11, 31
Chlorination	78-83
Chlorination equipment  	81-82
Chlorine	55, 78-80, 89
Chromium	 12
Churn drill	 45
Cisterns	62-66, 138
Coagulation 	67, 74
Coliforms	 15
Color	9
Conductivity	 89
Cone of depression	35-36
Cone of influence	 37
Conservation 	21-24
Consolidated formations	 29
Contact time 	 79
Contamination	  17, 31-33
Copper  	 11
Copper  sulfate	89, 91
Corrosion	89-91
Corrosion control	89-91
Crib    	 40
Cross-connection  	   130-132
Cryptosoridium  	 15
                  D
DPD colorimetric test	 81
Dechlorination	 83
Demand, water	 18
Diatomaceous earth filters  	 77
Diatoms	 91
                                                                              177

-------
Disinfection:
    by-products  	77-81
    by-products control	  16
    emergency	
Disposal sites	33, 96
Distillers  	
Distribution system	  136
Down-the-hole air hammer	  47
Drainage area  	  62
Drawdown	  50
Drilled wells	38, 45
Drilling equipment
    and methods   	44-47
Drive (well) points	40, 42
Driven wells	  40
Drying beds	  97
Dug wells	38, 55
Dynamic  	  109
Efficiency, pump	  99-107
Electrodialysis reversal	  84
Embankment	66-67
Epsom salts	  15
Escherichia coli (E. coli)	  15
Evaporation ponds	  97
Evapotranspiration	 6, 8
Farm livestock 	19-20
Fertilizers	  17
Filters  	  74
Filtration	34, 74
Fire protection	  21
"Flames safety lamp"	  59
Flocculation	  74
Flooding  	  38
Flowing artesian wells	34, 59
Fluoridation	  13
Foaming	  9, 13
Formations:
    consolidated	  30
    unconsolidated	  30
Freezing protection	  67
Geological survey	 24
Giardia lamblia  	 95
Giardia  	16, 76
Glauber's salt	 15
Granular Activated Carbon
     (GAC) 	25, 94
Greensand	 87
Ground level reservoirs	   138
Ground water:
     basins	 29
     movement	7
     quality  	 30
     supplies  	 26
                  H
Hand pump  	105, 119
Hardness:	  11
     in ground water	  30
     treatment for  	87-88
Head loss	  133
Herbicides	9
Home water needs	  19
Household water
     treatment  	94-96
Hydraulic ram  	105, 108
Hydraulic rotary drill  	  47
Hydrogen sulfide 	  59
                  I
Infiltration galleries  	  72
Infiltration rates	  72
Inorganic Contaminants (lOCs)  .  .  12
Inspection:
     of pitless installations  	   128
Interference	  37
Ion exchange resins  	84, 87, 97
Iron bacteria  	  85
Iron	   13, 85-87
 178

-------
Jet pumps  	41, 100
Jetted wells  	  45
Lakes	66-67
Lawn sprinkling	 20
Lead 	13, 32
Leak Detection	 23
Lightning	 120
Lime 	 90
Lime-soda ash  	87, 88
Limestone 	29, 90
                 M
Magnesium  	13, 87
Manganese	13, 14, 85-86
Maximum Contaminant
    Levels (MCL)  	12, 13
Membrane filter (MF)  	84, 157
Methane gas	 59
Mud rotary drilling	 47
                  N
National Fire Protection Association 21
National Rural Water Association
    (NRWA)	3
National Sanitation Foundation
    (NSF)  	94, 96, 122
Nitrates	12, 14
Non-artesian wells  	 34
NTU  	 10
                  O
Odors  	  9,88
Operating Ratio	2
Organic material  	 33
Oxygen  	 89
Ozone  	 84
Package plants	92, 93
Painting	138, 139
Percussion (cable tool) drilling  ...  45
pH   	  14
Pesticides	  14
Photo-Voltaic (PV) array  	  100
Pipe:
    fittings, friction loss in . .   132-136
    for distribution systems .   132-136
    for well casing	  48
Pitless adapters  	   122-130
Plant  maintenance 	  92
Pneumatic pressure systems  ....  137
Point  of entry treatment (POE)  73, 94
Point  of use treatment (POU)  . . 73, 94
Pollution, sources of	 17-18
Polyphosphates	  86
Ponds and lakes	66-67
Positive displacement pumps	  89
Potassium permanganate	86, 92
Pressure	  39
Pressure sand filter	  77
Pressure tanks  	  137
Preventive maintenance  	  90
Pump:
    alignment in wells	  121
    lubrication  	106, 120
    platforms  	  59
    priming	  99
Pumphouses	   120-121
Pumps:
    centrifugal	99-100, 103, 111
    hand	105-106, 119
    helical or spiral rotor . ... 99, 112
    installation of 	  115
    jet  	  100, 102, 117
    line-shaft (vertical) turbine
      	100, 115-116
    positive displacement .... 99-100
    shallow well 	   111-112
    solar photovoltaic (PV) pump
      	  100, 103, 117-118
    wind pump	  103
    submersible	  100, 112, 117
    vertical turbine  	  100
                                                                             179

-------
Radiation	16, 17
Radioactivity  	12,16
Radionuclides	  33
Radius of influence	  37
Radon	16, 85
Rapid sand filter	  76
Rates of flow	  20
Reciprocating pumps  	  99
Reconstruction of dug welk  	  59
Repair of wells	  59
Reservoir	138, 140
Reverse osmosis	84, 95
Rock formations	  29
Rotary drilling methods  	  47
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)  . .
Salt 	14-15
Sample collection	  17
Sand  	•	74
Sand (well) points	  45
Sanitary covers:
    for spring boxes, cisterns	  64
    for wells	  54
Sanitary protection:
    of distribution systems  	  25
    of springs	  71
    of storage	  138-139
    of wells 	  55
Sanitary survey	24-28
Screens, well:
    installation of	  48
    selection of  	48-50
Seal, cement grout 	  54
Secondary Maximum Contaminant
    Levels (SMCLs)	  13
Sedimentation  	  74
Selenium  	  12
Servicing wells  	
Settling basins  	  74
Silver	  14
Site selection  	  35
Skeletal fluorosis 	  13
Slow sand filters	 74
Sludge	 96
Snow	8
Sodium hypochlorite	 79
Sodium  	 14
Softening	87-88
Soil moisture  	7
Solar irradiation	  118
Specific capacity	 37
Springs	7, 34-35, 59, 69-72
Staining of clothing and fixtures   13-14
Static water level  	 38
Steel pipe for casing	49, 120
Storage tanks	  137-139
Storage tanks, painting of ...  138-139
Stream	 67
Submersible pump  	  46, 100, 101
Sulfates 	  15
Superchlorination	 83
Surface water supplies 	27, 61
Taste	9
Temperature  	10, 31, 89
Testing:
     pitless adapters and units for
       leaks  	  128-130
     water for bacteria  ... 15, 58, 157
     water for minerals	  17
Total coliform  	  15
Total Coliform Rule	  15
Total dissolved solids (TDS) ... 15, 97
Toxic substances	9
Transpiration rates	8
Treatment of water	73-97
Trihalomethanes  (THM)	  11
Turbidity  	10, 72, 76
                  U
 Ultraviolet light  	83, 95
 U.S. Geological Survey
     (USGS) 	17, 30, 51
 180

-------
Valves:
     check	99, 114
Vent, well  	   114
Vertical turbine pumps . .  100, 115-116
Viruses   	 33
Volatile Organic Contaminants
     (VOCs)	 85
                   W
Waste treatment	96-97
Water consumption (demand)  . .  18-20
Water disinfection:
    with chemicals  	78-83
    with ultraviolet light	 83
Water quality	8-17
Water rates  	18-20
Water rights	5
Water softeners 	87, 94
Water table (non-artesian) wells  ...  7
Water testing	17, 58
Water treatment	73, 97
Water use  	18-21
Watershed	 66
Weed control	 92
Well:
    abandonment (destruction)  ... 58
    casing  	48-50
    construction	38-59
    covers  	 54
    development (see also well
      construction)  	35, 50, 52
    site selection for wells	  7, 32
    disinfection	55-58
    failure  	 51
    grouting	 54
    pits   	  122
    points  	  40, 42-43
    repair	 59
    screens	48, 49
    seals  	52-54
    slabs  	 53
    straightness  	  115
    yield  	37-38
Well testing:
     for capacity
Windmill	
.  50-51
103-105
Yield:
     of wells
     37
Zinc in water
Zone of saturation
  . .  15
   7,29
A U.S. Government Printing Office: 1992—662-389

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------
vyy  Prlnted on Recycled Paper

-------